next up previous contents index
Next: 3.4 User Priorities and Up: 3. Administrators' Manual Previous: 3.2 Installation, Start Up,   Contents   Index

Subsections


3.3 Configuration

This section describes how to configure all parts of the HTCondor system. General information about the configuration files and their syntax is followed by a description of settings that affect all HTCondor daemons and tools. The settings that control the policy under which HTCondor will start, suspend, resume, vacate or kill jobs are described in section 3.5 on Policy Configuration for the condor_startd.


3.3.1 Introduction to Configuration Files

The HTCondor configuration files are used to customize how HTCondor operates at a given site. The basic configuration as shipped with HTCondor works well for most sites.

Several sample configuration files have been published, in addition to the basic configuration shipped with HTCondor. Example configurations are available under the heading of ``Helpful guides to new users running HTCondor'' at https://htcondor-wiki.cs.wisc.edu/index.cgi/wiki?p=GettingStarted.

Each HTCondor program will, as part of its initialization process, configure itself by calling a library routine which parses the various configuration files that might be used, including pool-wide, platform-specific, and machine-specific configuration files. Environment variables may also contribute to the configuration.

The result of configuration is a list of key/value pairs. Each key is a configuration variable name, and each value is a string literal that may utilize macro substitution (as defined below). Some configuration variables are evaluated by HTCondor as ClassAd expressions; some are not. Consult the documentation for each specific case. Unless otherwise noted, configuration values that are expected to be numeric or boolean constants may be any valid ClassAd expression of operators on constants. Example:

MINUTE          = 60
HOUR            = (60 * $(MINUTE))
SHUTDOWN_GRACEFUL_TIMEOUT = ($(HOUR)*24)


3.3.1.1 Ordered Evaluation to Set the Configuration

Multiple files, as well as a program's environment variables determine the configuration. The order in which attributes are defined is important, as later definitions override existing definitions. The order in which the (multiple) configuration files are parsed is designed to ensure the security of the system. Attributes which must be set a specific way must appear in the last file to be parsed. This prevents both the naive and the malicious HTCondor user from subverting the system through its configuration. The order in which items are parsed is

  1. global configuration file
  2. local configuration file
  3. specific environment variables prefixed with _CONDOR_

The locations for these files are as given in section 3.2.2 on page [*].

Some HTCondor tools utilize environment variables to set their configuration. These tools search for specifically-named environment variables. The variables are prefixed by the string _CONDOR_ or _condor_. The tools strip off the prefix, and utilize what remains as configuration. As the use of environment variables is the last within the ordered evaluation, the environment variable definition is used. The security of the system is not compromised, as only specific variables are considered for definition in this manner, not any environment variables with the _CONDOR_ prefix.


3.3.1.2 Configuration File Macros

Macro definitions are of the form:

<macro_name> = <macro_definition>

The macro name given on the left hand side of the definition is a case sensitive identifier. There must be white space between the macro name, the equals sign (=), and the macro definition. The macro definition is a string literal that may utilize macro substitution.

Macro invocations are of the form:

$(macro_name:default if macro_name not defined)

The colon and default are optional in a macro invocation. Macro definitions may contain references to other macros, even ones that are not yet defined, as long as they are eventually defined in the configuration files. All macro expansion is done after all configuration files have been parsed, with the exception of macros that reference themselves.

A = xxx
C = $(A)
is a legal set of macro definitions, and the resulting value of C is xxx. Note that C is actually bound to $(A), not its value.

As a further example,

A = xxx
C = $(A)
A = yyy
is also a legal set of macro definitions, and the resulting value of C is yyy.

A macro may be incrementally defined by invoking itself in its definition. For example,

A = xxx
B = $(A)
A = $(A)yyy
A = $(A)zzz
is a legal set of macro definitions, and the resulting value of A is xxxyyyzzz. Note that invocations of a macro in its own definition are immediately expanded. $(A) is immediately expanded in line 3 of the example. If it were not, then the definition would be impossible to evaluate.

Recursively defined macros such as

A = $(B)
B = $(A)
are not allowed. They create definitions that HTCondor refuses to parse.

A macro invocation where the macro name is not defined results in a substitution of the empty string. Consider the example

MAX_ALLOC_CPUS = $(NUMCPUS)-1
If NUMCPUS is not defined, then this macro substitution becomes
MAX_ALLOC_CPUS = -1
The default value may help to avoid this situation. The default value may be a literal
MAX_ALLOC_CPUS = $(NUMCPUS:4)-1
such that if NUMCPUS is not defined, the result of macro substitution becomes
MAX_ALLOC_CPUS = 4-1
The default may be another macro invocation:
MAX_ALLOC_CPUS = $(NUMCPUS:$(DETECTED_CPUS))-1
These default specifications are restricted such that a macro invocation with a default can not be nested inside of another default. An alternative way of stating this restriction is that there can only be one colon character per line. The effect of nested defaults can be achieved by placing the macro definitions on separate lines of the configuration.

All entries in a configuration file must have an operator, which will be an equals sign (=). Identifiers are alphanumerics combined with the underscore character, optionally with a subsystem name and a period as a prefix. As a special case, a line without an operator that begins with a left square bracket will be ignored. The following two-line example treats the first line as a comment, and correctly handles the second line.

[HTCondor Settings]
my_classad = [ foo=bar ]

To simplify pool administration, any configuration variable name may be prefixed by a subsystem (see the $(SUBSYSTEM) macro in section 3.3.1 for the list of subsystems) and the period (.) character. For configuration variables defined this way, the value is applied to the specific subsystem. For example, the ports that HTCondor may use can be restricted to a range using the HIGHPORT and LOWPORT configuration variables.

  MASTER.LOWPORT   = 20000
  MASTER.HIGHPORT  = 20100

Note that all configuration variables may utilize this syntax, but nonsense configuration variables may result. For example, it makes no sense to define

  NEGOTIATOR.MASTER_UPDATE_INTERVAL = 60
since the condor_negotiator daemon does not use the MASTER_UPDATE_INTERVAL variable.

It makes little sense to do so, but HTCondor will configure correctly with a definition such as

  MASTER.MASTER_UPDATE_INTERVAL = 60
The condor_master uses this configuration variable, and the prefix of MASTER. causes this configuration to be specific to the condor_master daemon.

As of HTCondor version 8.1.1, evaluation works in the expected manner when combining the definition of a macro with use of a prefix that gives the subsystem name and a period. Consider the example

  FILESPEC = A
  MASTER.FILESPEC = B
combined with a later definition that incorporates FILESPEC in a macro:
  USEFILE = mydir/$(FILESPEC)
When the condor_master evaluates variable USEFILE, it evaluates to mydir/B. Previous to HTCondor version 8.1.1, it evaluated to mydir/A. When any other subsystem evaluates variable USEFILE, it evaluates to mydir/A.

This syntax has been further expanded to allow for the specification of a local name on the command line using the command line option

  -local-name <local-name>
This allows multiple instances of a daemon to be run by the same condor_master daemon, each instance with its own local configuration variable.

The ordering used to look up a variable, called <parameter name>:

  1. <subsystem name>.<local name>.<parameter name>

  2. <local name>.<parameter name>

  3. <subsystem name>.<parameter name>

  4. <parameter name>

If this local name is not specified on the command line, numbers 1 and 2 are skipped. As soon as the first match is found, the search is completed, and the corresponding value is used.

This example configures a condor_master to run 2 condor_schedd daemons. The condor_master daemon needs the configuration:

  XYZZY           = $(SCHEDD)
  XYZZY_ARGS      = -local-name xyzzy
  DAEMON_LIST     = $(DAEMON_LIST) XYZZY
  DC_DAEMON_LIST  = + XYZZY
  XYZZY_LOG       = $(LOG)/SchedLog.xyzzy

Using this example configuration, the condor_master starts up a second condor_schedd daemon, where this second condor_schedd daemon is passed -local-name xyzzy on the command line.

Continuing the example, configure the condor_schedd daemon named xyzzy. This condor_schedd daemon will share all configuration variable definitions with the other condor_schedd daemon, except for those specified separately.

  SCHEDD.XYZZY.SCHEDD_NAME = XYZZY
  SCHEDD.XYZZY.SCHEDD_LOG  = $(XYZZY_LOG)
  SCHEDD.XYZZY.SPOOL       = $(SPOOL).XYZZY

Note that the example SCHEDD_NAME and SPOOL are specific to the condor_schedd daemon, as opposed to a different daemon such as the condor_startd. Other HTCondor daemons using this feature will have different requirements for which parameters need to be specified individually. This example works for the condor_schedd, and more local configuration can, and likely would be specified.

Also note that each daemon's log file must be specified individually, and in two places: one specification is for use by the condor_master, and the other is for use by the daemon itself. In the example, the XYZZY condor_schedd configuration variable SCHEDD.XYZZY.SCHEDD_LOG definition references the condor_master daemon's XYZZY_LOG.


3.3.1.3 Comments and Line Continuations

An HTCondor configuration file may contain comments and line continuations. A comment is any line beginning with a pound character (#). A continuation is any entry that continues across multiples lines. Line continuation is accomplished by placing the backslash character ( $\mathtt{\backslash}$) at the end of any line to be continued onto another. Valid examples of line continuation are

  START = (KeyboardIdle > 15 * $(MINUTE)) && \
  ((LoadAvg - CondorLoadAvg) <= 0.3)
and
  ADMIN_MACHINES = condor.cs.wisc.edu, raven.cs.wisc.edu, \
  stork.cs.wisc.edu, ostrich.cs.wisc.edu, \
  bigbird.cs.wisc.edu
  HOSTALLOW_ADMINISTRATOR = $(ADMIN_MACHINES)

Where a line continuation character directly precedes a comment, the entire comment line is ignored, and the following line is used in the continuation. Line continuation characters within comments are ignored.

Both this example

  A = $(B) \
  # $(C)
  $(D)
and this example
  A = $(B) \
  # $(C) \
  $(D)
result in the same value for A:
  A = $(B) $(D)


3.3.1.4 Executing a Program to Produce Configuration Macros

Instead of reading from a file, HTCondor may run a program to obtain configuration macros. The vertical bar character (| ) as the last character defining a file name provides the syntax necessary to tell HTCondor to run a program. This syntax may only be used in the definition of the CONDOR_CONFIG environment variable, or the LOCAL_CONFIG_FILE configuration variable.

The command line for the program is formed by the characters preceding the vertical bar character. The standard output of the program is parsed as a configuration file would be.

An example:

LOCAL_CONFIG_FILE = /bin/make_the_config|

Program /bin/make_the_config is executed, and its output is the set of configuration macros.

Note that either a program is executed to generate the configuration macros or the configuration is read from one or more files. The syntax uses space characters to separate command line elements, if an executed program produces the configuration macros. Space characters would otherwise separate the list of files. This syntax does not permit distinguishing one from the other, so only one may be specified.


3.3.1.5 Including Configuration from Elsewhere

Externally defined configuration can be incorporated using the syntax
  include : <what-to-include>

The <what-to-include> specification may describe a single file, where the contents of the file will be parsed and incorporated into the configuration. Or, <what-to-include> may cause a program to be executed, where the output of the program is parsed and incorporated into the configuration.

The include key word is case insensitive. There are no requirements for white space characters surrounding the colon character.

Consider the example

  FILE = config.$(FULL_HOSTNAME)
  include : $(LOCAL_DIR)/$(FILE)
Values are acquired for configuration variables FILE, and LOCAL_DIR by immediate evaluation, causing variable FULL_HOSTNAME to also be immediately evaluated. The resulting value forms a full path and file name. This file is read and parsed. The resulting configuration is incorporated into the current configuration. This resulting configuration may contain further nested include specifications, which are also parsed, evaluated, and incorporated. Levels of nested includes are limited, such that infinite nesting is discovered and thwarted, while still permitting nesting.

Consider the further example

  SCRIPT_FILE = script.$(IP_ADDRESS)
  include : $(RELEASE_DIR)/$(SCRIPT_FILE) |
In this example, the bar character at the end of the line causes a script to be invoked, and the output of the script is incorporated into the current configuration. The same immediate parsing and evaluation occurs in this case as when a file's contents are included.


3.3.1.6 Metaknobs: Using Predefined Sets of Configuration

Predefined sets of configuration may be identified and incorporated into the configuration using the syntax
  use <category id> : <name of set>

The use key word is case insensitive. There are no requirements for white space characters surrounding the colon character. More than one <name of set> identifier may be placed within a single use line. Separate the names by a space character. There is no mechanism by which the administrator may define their own custom <category id> or <name of set>.

Each predefined <category id> has a fixed, case insensitive name for the sets of configuration that are predefined. Placement of a use line in the configuration brings in the predefined configuration it identifies.

There are four <category id> values. Within a category, a predefined, case insensitive name identifies the set of configuration it incorporates.

ROLE
Describes configuration for the various roles that a machine might play within an HTCondor pool.

FEATURE
Describes configuration for implemented features.

POLICY
Describes configuration for the circumstances under which machines choose to run jobs.

SECURITY
Describes configuration for an implemented security model.


3.3.1.7 Conditionals in Configuration

Conditional configuration using if/else semantics is available in a limited form. The syntax:
  if <simple condition>
     <configuration statement>
     . . .
     <configuration statement>
  else
     <configuration statement>
     . . .
     <configuration statement>
  endif

An else key word and configuration statements are not required, such that simple if semantics are implemented. The <simple condition> does not permit compound conditions. It optionally contains the exclamation point character (!) to represent the not operation, followed by

The syntax

  if <simple condition>
     <configuration statement>
     . . .
     <configuration statement>
  elif <simple condition>
     <configuration statement>
     . . .
     <configuration statement>
  endif
is the same as syntax
  if <simple condition>
     <configuration statement>
     . . .
     <configuration statement>
  else
     if <simple condition>
        <configuration statement>
        . . .
        <configuration statement>
     endif
  endif


3.3.1.8 Macros That Will Require a Restart When Changed

When any of the following listed configuration variables are changed, HTCondor must be restarted. Reconfiguration using condor_reconfig will not be enough.


3.3.1.9 Pre-Defined Macros

HTCondor provides pre-defined macros that help configure HTCondor. Pre-defined macros are listed as $(macro_name).

This first set are entries whose values are determined at run time and cannot be overwritten. These are inserted automatically by the library routine which parses the configuration files. This implies that a change to the underlying value of any of these variables will require a full restart of HTCondor in order to use the changed value.

$(FULL_HOSTNAME)
The fully qualified host name of the local machine, which is host name plus domain name.

$(HOSTNAME)
The host name of the local machine, without a domain name.

$(IP_ADDRESS)
The ASCII string version of the local machine's IP address.

$(TILDE)
The full path to the home directory of the Unix user condor, if such a user exists on the local machine.

$(SUBSYSTEM)
The subsystem name of the daemon or tool that is evaluating the macro. This is a unique string which identifies a given daemon within the HTCondor system. The possible subsystem names are:

$(DETECTED_CPUS)
The integer number of physical (non-hyperthreaded) CPUs, as given by $(DETECTED_PHYSICAL_CPUS), when COUNT_HYPERTHREAD_CPUS is True. The integer number of hyperthreaded CPUs, as given by $(DETECTED_CORES), when COUNT_HYPERTHREAD_CPUS is False.

$(DETECTED_PHYSICAL_CPUS)
The integer number of physical (non-hyperthreaded) CPUs.

This second set of macros are entries whose default values are determined automatically at run time but which can be overwritten.

$(ARCH)
Defines the string used to identify the architecture of the local machine to HTCondor. The condor_startd will advertise itself with this attribute so that users can submit binaries compiled for a given platform and force them to run on the correct machines. condor_submit will append a requirement to the job ClassAd that it must run on the same ARCH and OPSYS of the machine where it was submitted, unless the user specifies ARCH and/or OPSYS explicitly in their submit file. See the the condor_submit manual page on page [*] for details.

$(OPSYS)
Defines the string used to identify the operating system of the local machine to HTCondor. If it is not defined in the configuration file, HTCondor will automatically insert the operating system of this machine as determined by uname.

$(OPSYS_VER)
Defines the integer used to identify the operating system version number.

$(OPSYS_AND_VER)
Defines the string used prior to HTCondor version 7.7.2 as $(OPSYS).

$(UNAME_ARCH)
The architecture as reported by uname(2)'s machine field. Always the same as ARCH on Windows.

$(UNAME_OPSYS)
The operating system as reported by uname(2)'s sysname field. Always the same as OPSYS on Windows.

$(DETECTED_MEMORY)
The amount of detected physical memory (RAM) in Mbytes.

$(DETECTED_CORES)
The number of detected CPU cores. This includes hyper threaded cores, if there are any.

$(PID)
The process ID for the daemon or tool.

$(PPID)
The process ID of the parent process for the daemon or tool.

$(USERNAME)
The user name of the UID of the daemon or tool. For daemons started as root, but running under another UID (typically the user condor), this will be the other UID.

$(FILESYSTEM_DOMAIN)
Defaults to the fully qualified host name of the machine it is evaluated on. See section 3.3.7, Shared File System Configuration File Entries for the full description of its use and under what conditions it could be desirable to change it.

$(UID_DOMAIN)
Defaults to the fully qualified host name of the machine it is evaluated on. See section 3.3.7 for the full description of this configuration variable.

Since $(ARCH) and $(OPSYS) will automatically be set to the correct values, we recommend that you do not overwrite them.


3.3.2 Special Macros

References to the HTCondor process's environment are allowed in the configuration files. Environment references use the ENV macro and are of the form:

  $ENV(environment_variable_name)
For example,
  A = $ENV(HOME)
binds A to the value of the HOME environment variable. Environment references are not currently used in standard HTCondor configurations. However, they can sometimes be useful in custom configurations.

This same syntax is used in the RANDOM_CHOICE() macro to allow a random choice of a parameter within a configuration file. These references are of the form:

  $RANDOM_CHOICE(list of parameters)
This allows a random choice within the parameter list to be made at configuration time. Of the list of parameters, one is chosen when encountered during configuration. For example, if one of the integers 0-8 (inclusive) should be randomly chosen, the macro usage is
  $RANDOM_CHOICE(0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8)

The RANDOM_INTEGER() macro is similar to the RANDOM_CHOICE() macro, and is used to select a random integer within a configuration file. References are of the form:

  $RANDOM_INTEGER(min, max [, step])
A random integer within the range min and max, inclusive, is selected at configuration time. The optional step parameter controls the stride within the range, and it defaults to the value 1. For example, to randomly chose an even integer in the range 0-8 (inclusive), the macro usage is
  $RANDOM_INTEGER(0, 8, 2)

See section [*] on page [*] for an actual use of this specialized macro.


3.3.3 HTCondor-wide Configuration File Entries

This section describes settings which affect all parts of the HTCondor system. Other system-wide settings can be found in section 3.3.6 on ``Network-Related Configuration File Entries'', and section 3.3.7 on ``Shared File System Configuration File Entries''.

CONDOR_HOST
This macro is used to define the $(COLLECTOR_HOST) macro. Normally the condor_collector and condor_negotiator would run on the same machine. If for some reason they were not run on the same machine, $(CONDOR_HOST) would not be needed. Some of the host-based security macros use $(CONDOR_HOST) by default. See section 3.6.9, on Setting up IP/host-based security in HTCondor for details.

COLLECTOR_HOST
The host name of the machine where the condor_collector is running for your pool. Normally, it is defined relative to the $(CONDOR_HOST) macro. There is no default value for this macro; COLLECTOR_HOST must be defined for the pool to work properly.

In addition to defining the host name, this setting can optionally be used to specify the network port of the condor_collector. The port is separated from the host name by a colon (':'). For example,

    COLLECTOR_HOST = $(CONDOR_HOST):1234
If no port is specified, the default port of 9618 is used. Using the default port is recommended for most sites. It is only changed if there is a conflict with another service listening on the same network port. For more information about specifying a non-standard port for the condor_collector daemon, see section 3.7.1 on page [*].

Multiple condor_collector daemons may be running simultaneously, if COLLECTOR_HOST is defined with a comma separated list of hosts. Multiple condor_collector daemons may run for the implementation of high availability; see section 3.11 for details. With more than one running, updates are sent to all. With more than one running, queries are sent to one of the condor_collector daemons, chosen at random.

NEGOTIATOR_HOST
This configuration variable is no longer used. It previously defined the host name of the machine where the condor_negotiator is running. At present, the port where the condor_negotiator is listening is dynamically allocated.

CONDOR_VIEW_HOST
A list of HTCondorView servers, separated by commas and/or spaces. Each HTCondorView server is denoted by the host name of the machine it is running on, optionally appended by a colon and the port number. This service is optional, and requires additional configuration to enable it. There is no default value for CONDOR_VIEW_HOST. If CONDOR_VIEW_HOST is not defined, no HTCondorView server is used. See section 3.12.6 on page [*] for more details.

SCHEDD_HOST
The host name of the machine where the condor_schedd is running for your pool. This is the host that queues submitted jobs. If the host specifies SCHEDD_NAME or MASTER_NAME , that name must be included in the form name@hostname. In most condor installations, there is a condor_schedd running on each host from which jobs are submitted. The default value of SCHEDD_HOST is the current host with the optional name included. For most pools, this macro is not defined, nor does it need to be defined..

RELEASE_DIR
The full path to the HTCondor release directory, which holds the bin, etc, lib, and sbin directories. Other macros are defined relative to this one. There is no default value for RELEASE_DIR .

BIN
This directory points to the HTCondor directory where user-level programs are installed. The default value is $(RELEASE_DIR)/bin.

LIB
This directory points to the HTCondor directory where libraries used to link jobs for HTCondor's standard universe are stored. The condor_compile program uses this macro to find these libraries, so it must be defined for condor_compile to function. The default value is $(RELEASE_DIR)/lib.

LIBEXEC
This directory points to the HTCondor directory where support commands that HTCondor needs will be placed. Do not add this directory to a user or system-wide path.

INCLUDE
This directory points to the HTCondor directory where header files reside. The default value is $(RELEASE_DIR)/include. It can make inclusion of necessary header files for compilation of programs (such as those programs that use libcondorapi.a) easier through the use of condor_config_val.

SBIN
This directory points to the HTCondor directory where HTCondor's system binaries (such as the binaries for the HTCondor daemons) and administrative tools are installed. Whatever directory $(SBIN) points to ought to be in the PATH of users acting as HTCondor administrators. The default value is $(BIN) in Windows and $(RELEASE_DIR)/sbin on all other platforms.

LOCAL_DIR
The location of the local HTCondor directory on each machine in your pool. The default value is $(RELEASE_DIR) on Windows and $(RELEASE_DIR)/hosts/$(HOSTNAME) on all other platforms.

Another possibility is to use the condor user's home directory, which may be specified with $(TILDE). For example:

    LOCAL_DIR = $(tilde)

LOG
Used to specify the directory where each HTCondor daemon writes its log files. The names of the log files themselves are defined with other macros, which use the $(LOG) macro by default. The log directory also acts as the current working directory of the HTCondor daemons as the run, so if one of them should produce a core file for any reason, it would be placed in the directory defined by this macro. The default value is $(LOCAL_DIR)/log.

RUN
A path and directory name to be used by the HTCondor init script to specify the directory where the condor_master should write its process ID (PID) file. The default if not defined is $(LOG).

SPOOL
The spool directory is where certain files used by the condor_schedd are stored, such as the job queue file and the initial executables of any jobs that have been submitted. In addition, for systems not using a checkpoint server, all the checkpoint files from jobs that have been submitted from a given machine will be store in that machine's spool directory. Therefore, you will want to ensure that the spool directory is located on a partition with enough disk space. If a given machine is only set up to execute HTCondor jobs and not submit them, it would not need a spool directory (or this macro defined). The default value is $(LOCAL_DIR)/spool. The condor_schedd will not function if SPOOL is not defined.

EXECUTE
This directory acts as a place to create the scratch directory of any HTCondor job that is executing on the local machine. The scratch directory is the destination of any input files that were specified for transfer. It also serves as the job's working directory if the job is using file transfer mode and no other working directory was specified. If a given machine is set up to only submit jobs and not execute them, it would not need an execute directory, and this macro need not be defined. The default value is $(LOCAL_DIR)/execute. The condor_startd will not function if EXECUTE is undefined. To customize the execute directory independently for each batch slot, use SLOT<N>_EXECUTE.

SLOT<N>_EXECUTE
Specifies an execute directory for use by a specific batch slot. <N> represents the number of the batch slot, such as 1, 2, 3, etc. This execute directory serves the same purpose as EXECUTE , but it allows the configuration of the directory independently for each batch slot. Having slots each using a different partition would be useful, for example, in preventing one job from filling up the same disk that other jobs are trying to write to. If this parameter is undefined for a given batch slot, it will use EXECUTE as the default. Note that each slot will advertise TotalDisk and Disk for the partition containing its execute directory.

LOCAL_CONFIG_FILE
Identifies the location of the local, machine-specific configuration file for each machine in the pool. The two most common choices would be putting this file in the $(LOCAL_DIR), or putting all local configuration files for the pool in a shared directory, each one named by host name. For example,
    LOCAL_CONFIG_FILE = $(LOCAL_DIR)/condor_config.local
or,
    LOCAL_CONFIG_FILE = $(release_dir)/etc/$(hostname).local
or, not using the release directory
    LOCAL_CONFIG_FILE = /full/path/to/configs/$(hostname).local

The value of LOCAL_CONFIG_FILE is treated as a list of files, not a single file. The items in the list are delimited by either commas or space characters. This allows the specification of multiple files as the local configuration file, each one processed in the order given (with parameters set in later files overriding values from previous files). This allows the use of one global configuration file for multiple platforms in the pool, defines a platform-specific configuration file for each platform, and uses a local configuration file for each machine. If the list of files is changed in one of the later read files, the new list replaces the old list, but any files that have already been processed remain processed, and are removed from the new list if they are present to prevent cycles. See section 3.3.1 on page [*] for directions on using a program to generate the configuration macros that would otherwise reside in one or more files as described here. If LOCAL_CONFIG_FILE is not defined, no local configuration files are processed. For more information on this, see section 3.12.3 about Configuring HTCondor for Multiple Platforms on page [*].

If all files in a directory are local configuration files to be processed, then consider using LOCAL_CONFIG_DIR, defined at section 3.3.3.

REQUIRE_LOCAL_CONFIG_FILE
A boolean value that defaults to True. When True, HTCondor exits with an error, if any file listed in LOCAL_CONFIG_FILE cannot be read. A value of False allows local configuration files to be missing. This is most useful for sites that have both large numbers of machines in the pool and a local configuration file that uses the $(HOSTNAME) macro in its definition. Instead of having an empty file for every host in the pool, files can simply be omitted.

LOCAL_CONFIG_DIR
A directory may be used as a container for local configuration files. The files found in the directory are sorted into lexicographical order by file name, and then each file is treated as though it was listed in LOCAL_CONFIG_FILE. LOCAL_CONFIG_DIR is processed before any files listed in LOCAL_CONFIG_FILE, and is checked again after processing the LOCAL_CONFIG_FILE list. It is a list of directories, and each directory is processed in the order it appears in the list. The process is not recursive, so any directories found inside the directory being processed are ignored. See also LOCAL_CONFIG_DIR_EXCLUDE_REGEXP.

LOCAL_CONFIG_DIR_EXCLUDE_REGEXP
A regular expression that specifies file names to be ignored when looking for configuration files within the directories specified via LOCAL_CONFIG_DIR. The default expression ignores files with names beginning with a `.' or a `#', as well as files with names ending in `~'. This avoids accidents that can be caused by treating temporary files created by text editors as configuration files.

CONDOR_IDS
The User ID (UID) and Group ID (GID) pair that the HTCondor daemons should run as, if the daemons are spawned as root. This value can also be specified in the CONDOR_IDS environment variable. If the HTCondor daemons are not started as root, then neither this CONDOR_IDS configuration macro nor the CONDOR_IDS environment variable are used. The value is given by two integers, separated by a period. For example, CONDOR_IDS = 1234.1234. If this pair is not specified in either the configuration file or in the environment, and the HTCondor daemons are spawned as root, then HTCondor will search for a condor user on the system, and run as that user's UID and GID. See section 3.6.13 on UIDs in HTCondor for more details.

CONDOR_ADMIN
The email address that HTCondor will send mail to if something goes wrong in the pool. For example, if a daemon crashes, the condor_master can send an obituary to this address with the last few lines of that daemon's log file and a brief message that describes what signal or exit status that daemon exited with. The default value is root@$(FULL_HOSTNAME).

<SUBSYS>_ADMIN_EMAIL
The email address that HTCondor will send mail to if something goes wrong with the named <SUBSYS>. Identical to CONDOR_ADMIN, but done on a per subsystem basis. There is no default value.

CONDOR_SUPPORT_EMAIL
The email address to be included at the bottom of all email HTCondor sends out under the label ``Email address of the local HTCondor administrator:''. This is the address where HTCondor users at your site should send their questions about HTCondor and get technical support. If this setting is not defined, HTCondor will use the address specified in CONDOR_ADMIN (described above).

EMAIL_SIGNATURE
Every e-mail sent by HTCondor includes a short signature line appended to the body. By default, this signature includes the URL to the global HTCondor project website. When set, this variable defines an alternative signature line to be used instead of the default. Note that the value can only be one line in length. This variable could be used to direct users to look at local web site with information specific to the installation of HTCondor.

MAIL
The full path to a mail sending program that uses -s to specify a subject for the message. On all platforms, the default shipped with HTCondor should work. Only if you installed things in a non-standard location on your system would you need to change this setting. The default value is $(BIN)/condor_mail.exe on Windows and /usr/bin/mail on all other platforms. The condor_schedd will not function unless MAIL is defined.

MAIL_FROM
The e-mail address that notification e-mails appear to come from. Contents is that of the From header. There is no default value; if undefined, the From header may be nonsensical.

SMTP_SERVER
For Windows platforms only, the host name of the server through which to route notification e-mail. There is no default value; if undefined and the debug level is at FULLDEBUG, an error message will be generated.

RESERVED_SWAP
The amount of swap space in Mbytes to reserve for this machine. HTCondor will not start up more condor_shadow processes if the amount of free swap space on this machine falls below this level. The default value is 0, which disables this check. It is anticipated that this configuration variable will no longer be used in the near future. If RESERVED_SWAP is not set to 0, the value of SHADOW_SIZE_ESTIMATE is used.

RESERVED_DISK
Determines how much disk space you want to reserve for your own machine. When HTCondor is reporting the amount of free disk space in a given partition on your machine, it will always subtract this amount. An example is the condor_startd, which advertises the amount of free space in the $(EXECUTE) directory. The default value of RESERVED_DISK is zero.

LOCK
HTCondor needs to create lock files to synchronize access to various log files. Because of problems with network file systems and file locking over the years, we highly recommend that you put these lock files on a local partition on each machine. If you do not have your $(LOCAL_DIR) on a local partition, be sure to change this entry.

Whatever user or group HTCondor is running as needs to have write access to this directory. If you are not running as root, this is whatever user you started up the condor_master as. If you are running as root, and there is a condor account, it is most likely condor. Otherwise, it is whatever you set in the CONDOR_IDS environment variable, or whatever you define in the CONDOR_IDS setting in the HTCondor config files. See section 3.6.13 on UIDs in HTCondor for details.

If no value for LOCK is provided, the value of LOG is used.

HISTORY
Defines the location of the HTCondor history file, which stores information about all HTCondor jobs that have completed on a given machine. This macro is used by both the condor_schedd which appends the information and condor_history, the user-level program used to view the history file. This configuration macro is given the default value of $(SPOOL)/history in the default configuration. If not defined, no history file is kept.

ENABLE_HISTORY_ROTATION
If this is defined to be true, then the history file will be rotated. If it is false, then it will not be rotated, and it will grow indefinitely, to the limits allowed by the operating system. If this is not defined, it is assumed to be true. The rotated files will be stored in the same directory as the history file.

MAX_HISTORY_LOG
Defines the maximum size for the history file, in bytes. It defaults to 20MB. This parameter is only used if history file rotation is enabled.

MAX_HISTORY_ROTATIONS
When history file rotation is turned on, this controls how many backup files there are. It default to 2, which means that there may be up to three history files (two backups, plus the history file that is being currently written to). When the history file is rotated, and this rotation would cause the number of backups to be too large, the oldest file is removed.

MAX_JOB_QUEUE_LOG_ROTATIONS
The schedd periodically rotates the job queue database file in order to save disk space. This option controls how many rotated files are saved. It defaults to 1, which means there may be up to two history files (the previous one, which was rotated out of use, and the current one that is being written to). When the job queue file is rotated, and this rotation would cause the number of backups to be larger the the maximum specified, the oldest file is removed.

CLASSAD_LOG_STRICT_PARSING
A boolean value that defaults to True. When True, ClassAd log files will be read using a strict syntax checking for ClassAd expressions. ClassAd log files include the job queue log and the accountant log. When False, ClassAd log files are read without strict expression syntax checking, which allows some legacy ClassAd log data to be read in a backward compatible manner. This configuration variable may no longer be supported in future releases, eventually requiring all ClassAd log files to pass strict ClassAd syntax checking.

DEFAULT_DOMAIN_NAME
The value to be appended to a machine's host name, representing a domain name, which HTCondor then uses to form a fully qualified host name. This is required if there is no fully qualified host name in file /etc/hosts or in NIS. Set the value in the global configuration file, as HTCondor may depend on knowing this value in order to locate the local configuration file(s). The default value as given in the sample configuration file of the HTCondor download is bogus, and must be changed. If this variable is removed from the global configuration file, or if the definition is empty, then HTCondor attempts to discover the value.

NO_DNS
A boolean value that defaults to False. When True, HTCondor constructs host names using the host's IP address together with the value defined for DEFAULT_DOMAIN_NAME.

CM_IP_ADDR
If neither COLLECTOR_HOST nor COLLECTOR_IP_ADDR macros are defined, then this macro will be used to determine the IP address of the central manager (collector daemon). This macro is defined by an IP address.

EMAIL_DOMAIN
By default, if a user does not specify notify_user in the submit description file, any email HTCondor sends about that job will go to "username@UID_DOMAIN". If your machines all share a common UID domain (so that you would set UID_DOMAIN to be the same across all machines in your pool), but email to user@UID_DOMAIN is not the right place for HTCondor to send email for your site, you can define the default domain to use for email. A common example would be to set EMAIL_DOMAIN to the fully qualified host name of each machine in your pool, so users submitting jobs from a specific machine would get email sent to user@machine.your.domain, instead of user@your.domain. You would do this by setting EMAIL_DOMAIN to $(FULL_HOSTNAME). In general, you should leave this setting commented out unless two things are true: 1) UID_DOMAIN is set to your domain, not $(FULL_HOSTNAME), and 2) email to user@UID_DOMAIN will not work.

CREATE_CORE_FILES
Defines whether or not HTCondor daemons are to create a core file in the LOG directory if something really bad happens. It is used to set the resource limit for the size of a core file. If not defined, it leaves in place whatever limit was in effect when the HTCondor daemons (normally the condor_master) were started. This allows HTCondor to inherit the default system core file generation behavior at start up. For Unix operating systems, this behavior can be inherited from the parent shell, or specified in a shell script that starts HTCondor. If this parameter is set and True, the limit is increased to the maximum. If it is set to False, the limit is set at 0 (which means that no core files are created). Core files greatly help the HTCondor developers debug any problems you might be having. By using the parameter, you do not have to worry about tracking down where in your boot scripts you need to set the core limit before starting HTCondor. You set the parameter to whatever behavior you want HTCondor to enforce. This parameter defaults to undefined to allow the initial operating system default value to take precedence, and is commented out in the default configuration file.

CKPT_PROBE
Defines the path and executable name of the helper process HTCondor will use to determine information for the CheckpointPlatform attribute in the machine's ClassAd. The default value is $(LIBEXEC)/condor_ckpt_probe.

ABORT_ON_EXCEPTION
When HTCondor programs detect a fatal internal exception, they normally log an error message and exit. If you have turned on CREATE_CORE_FILES , in some cases you may also want to turn on ABORT_ON_EXCEPTION so that core files are generated when an exception occurs. Set the following to True if that is what you want.

Q_QUERY_TIMEOUT
Defines the timeout (in seconds) that condor_q uses when trying to connect to the condor_schedd. Defaults to 20 seconds.

DEAD_COLLECTOR_MAX_AVOIDANCE_TIME
Defines the interval of time (in seconds) between checks for a failed primary condor_collector daemon. If connections to the dead primary condor_collector take very little time to fail, new attempts to query the primary condor_collector may be more frequent than the specified maximum avoidance time. The default value equals one hour. This variable has relevance to flocked jobs, as it defines the maximum time they may be reporting to the primary condor_collector without the condor_negotiator noticing.

PASSWD_CACHE_REFRESH
HTCondor can cause NIS servers to become overwhelmed by queries for uid and group information in large pools. In order to avoid this problem, HTCondor caches UID and group information internally. This integer value allows pool administrators to specify (in seconds) how long HTCondor should wait until refreshes a cache entry. The default is set to 72000 seconds, or 20 hours, plus a random number of seconds between 0 and 60 to avoid having lots of processes refreshing at the same time. This means that if a pool administrator updates the user or group database (for example, /etc/passwd or /etc/group), it can take up to 6 minutes before HTCondor will have the updated information. This caching feature can be disabled by setting the refresh interval to 0. In addition, the cache can also be flushed explicitly by running the command condor_reconfig. This configuration variable has no effect on Windows.

SYSAPI_GET_LOADAVG
If set to False, then HTCondor will not attempt to compute the load average on the system, and instead will always report the system load average to be 0.0. Defaults to True.

NETWORK_MAX_PENDING_CONNECTS
This specifies a limit to the maximum number of simultaneous network connection attempts. This is primarily relevant to condor_schedd, which may try to connect to large numbers of startds when claiming them. The negotiator may also connect to large numbers of startds when initiating security sessions used for sending MATCH messages. On Unix, the default for this parameter is eighty percent of the process file descriptor limit. On windows, the default is 1600.

WANT_UDP_COMMAND_SOCKET
This setting, added in version 6.9.5, controls if HTCondor daemons should create a UDP command socket in addition to the TCP command socket (which is required). The default is True, and modifying it requires restarting all HTCondor daemons, not just a condor_reconfig or SIGHUP.

Normally, updates sent to the condor_collector use UDP, in addition to certain keep alive messages and other non-essential communication. However, in certain situations, it might be desirable to disable the UDP command port.

Unfortunately, due to a limitation in how these command sockets are created, it is not possible to define this setting on a per-daemon basis, for example, by trying to set STARTD.WANT_UDP_COMMAND_SOCKET. At least for now, this setting must be defined machine wide to function correctly.

If this setting is set to true on a machine running a condor_collector, the pool should be configured to use TCP updates to that collector (see section 3.7.5 on page [*] for more information).

ALLOW_SCRIPTS_TO_RUN_AS_EXECUTABLES
A boolean value that, when True, permits scripts on Windows platforms to be used in place of the executable in a job submit description file, in place of a condor_dagman pre or post script, or in producing the configuration, for example. Allows a script to be used in any circumstance previously limited to a Windows executable or a batch file. The default value is True. See section 7.2.7 on page [*] for further description.

OPEN_VERB_FOR_<EXT>_FILES
A string that defines a Windows verb for use in a root hive registry look up. <EXT> defines the file name extension, which represents a scripting language, also needed for the look up. See section 7.2.7 on page [*] for a more complete description.

ENABLE_CLASSAD_CACHING
A boolean value that controls the caching of ClassAds. Caching saves memory when an HTCondor process contains many ClassAds with the same expressions. The default value is True for all daemons other than the condor_shadow, condor_starter, and condor_master. A value of True enables caching.

STRICT_CLASSAD_EVALUATION
A boolean value that controls how ClassAd expressions are evaluated. If set to True, then New ClassAd evaluation semantics are used. This means that attribute references without a MY. or TARGET. prefix are only looked up in the local ClassAd. If set to the default value of False, Old ClassAd evaluation semantics are used. See section 4.1.1 on page [*] for details.

CLASSAD_USER_LIBS
A comma separated list of paths to shared libraries that contain additional ClassAd functions to be used during ClassAd evaluation.

CONDOR_FSYNC
A boolean value that controls whether HTCondor calls fsync() when writing the user job and transaction logs. Setting this value to False will disable calls to fsync(), which can help performance for condor_schedd log writes at the cost of some durability of the log contents, should there be a power or hardware failure. The default value is True.

STATISTICS_TO_PUBLISH
A comma and/or space separated list that identifies which daemons are to publish Statistics attributes in their ClassAds, as well as a level of verbosity to identify which attributes to include and which to omit from the ClassAd. The syntax defines the two aspects by separating them with a colon; the first aspect defines which daemon is to publish the statistics, and the second aspect defines the verbosity. This first aspect may be SCHEDD or SCHEDULER to publish Statistics attributes in the ClassAd of the condor_schedd. Or, it may be DC or DAEMONCORE to publish DaemonCore statistics. It may also be TRANSFER to publish file transfer statistics. After the colon may be the value 0, 1, 2, or 3. A value of 0 turns off the publishing of any Statistics attributes. A value of 1 is the default level, where some Statistics attributes are published and others are omitted. A value of 2 is the verbose level, where all Statistics attributes are published. A value of 3 is the super verbose level, which is currently unused, but intended to be all Statistics attributes published at the verbose level plus extra information. As an example, to cause a verbose setting of the publication of Statistics attributes for the condor_schedd:
  STATISTICS_TO_PUBLISH = SCHEDD:2

STATISTICS_WINDOW_SECONDS
An integer value that controls the time window size, in seconds, for collecting windowed daemon statistics. These statistics are, by convention, those attributes with names that are of the form Recent<attrname>. Any data contributing to a windowed statistic that is older than this number of seconds is dropped from the statistic. For example, if STATISTICS_WINDOW_SECONDS = 300, then any jobs submitted more than 300 seconds ago are not counted in the windowed statistic RecentJobsSubmitted. Defaults to 1200 seconds, which is 20 minutes.

The window is broken into smaller time pieces called quantum. The window advances one quantum at a time.

STATISTICS_WINDOW_SECONDS_<collection>
The same as STATISTICS_WINDOW_SECONDS, but used to override the global setting for a particular statistic collection. Collection names currently implemented are DC or DAEMONCORE and SCHEDD or SCHEDULER.

STATISTICS_WINDOW_QUANTUM
For experts only, an integer value that controls the time quantization that form a time window, in seconds, for the data structures that maintain windowed statistics. Defaults to 240 seconds, which is 6 minutes. This default is purposely set to be slightly smaller than the update rate to the condor_collector. Setting a smaller value than the default increases the memory requirement for the statistics. Graphing of statistics at the level of the quantum expects to see counts that appear like a saw tooth.

STATISTICS_WINDOW_QUANTUM_<collection>
The same as STATISTICS_WINDOW_QUANTUM, but used to override the global setting for a particular statistic collection. Collection names currently implemented are DC or DAEMONCORE and SCHEDD or SCHEDULER.

TCP_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL
The number of seconds specifying a keep alive interval to use for any HTCondor TCP connection. The default keep alive interval is 360 (6 minutes); this value is chosen to minimize the likelihood that keep alive packets are sent, while still detecting dead TCP connections before job leases expire. A smaller value will consume more operating system and network resources, while a larger value may cause jobs to fail unnecessarily due to network disconnects. Most users will not need to tune this configuration variable. A value of 0 will use the operating system default, and a value of -1 will disable HTCondor's use of a TCP keep alive.


3.3.4 Daemon Logging Configuration File Entries

These entries control how and where the HTCondor daemons write to log files. Many of the entries in this section represents multiple macros. There is one for each subsystem (listed in section 3.3.1). The macro name for each substitutes <SUBSYS> with the name of the subsystem corresponding to the daemon.

<SUBSYS>_LOG
The name of the log file for a given subsystem. For example, $(STARTD_LOG) gives the location of the log file for condor_startd. The default is $(LOG)/<SUBSYS>LOG. If the log file cannot be written to, then the daemon will attempt to log this into a new file of the name $(LOG)/dprintf_failure.<SUBSYS> before the daemon exits.

MAX_<SUBSYS>_LOG
Controls the maximum size in bytes or amount of time that a log will be allowed to grow. For any log not specified, the default is $(MAX_DEFAULT_LOG), which currently defaults to 10Mbytes in size. Values are specified with the same syntax as MAX_DEFAULT_LOG .

Note that a log file for the condor_procd does not use this configuration variable definition. Its implementation is separate. See section 3.3.18 for the definition of MAX_PROCD_LOG.

MAX_DEFAULT_LOG
Controls the maximum size in bytes or amount of time that any log not explicitly specified using MAX_<SUBSYS>_LOG will be allowed to grow. When it is time to rotate a log file, it will be saved to a file with an ISO timestamp suffix. The oldest rotated file receives the ending .old. The .old files are overwritten each time the maximum number of rotated files (determined by the value of MAX_NUM_<SUBSYS>_LOG) is exceeded. The default value is 10 Mbytes in size. A value of 0 specifies that the file may grow without bounds. A single integer value is specified; without a suffix, it defaults to specifying a size in bytes. A suffix is case insensitive, except for Mb and Min; these both start with the same letter, and the implementation attaches meaning to the letter case when only the first letter is present. Therefore, use the following suffixes to qualify the integer:
Bytes for bytes
Kb for kilobytes
Mb for megabytes
Gb for gigabytes
Tb for terabytes
Sec for seconds
Min for minutes
Hr for hours
Day for days
Wk for weeks

MAX_NUM_<SUBSYS>_LOG
An integer that controls the maximum number of rotations a log file is allowed to perform before the oldest one will be rotated away. Thus, at most MAX_NUM_<SUBSYS>_LOG + 1 log files of the same program coexist at a given time. The default value is 1.

TRUNC_<SUBSYS>_LOG_ON_OPEN
If this macro is defined and set to True, the affected log will be truncated and started from an empty file with each invocation of the program. Otherwise, new invocations of the program will append to the previous log file. By default this setting is False for all daemons.

<SUBSYS>_LOG_KEEP_OPEN
A boolean value that controls whether or not the log file is kept open between writes. When True, the daemon will not open and close the log file between writes. Instead the daemon will hold the log file open until the log needs to be rotated. When False, the daemon reverts to the previous behavior of opening and closing the log file between writes. When the $(<SUBSYS>_LOCK) macro is defined, setting $(<SUBSYS>_LOG_KEEP_OPEN) has no effect, as the daemon will unconditionally revert back to the open/close between writes behavior. On Windows platforms, the value defaults to True for all daemons. On Linux platforms, the value defaults to True for all daemons, except the condor_shadow, due to a global file descriptor limit.

<SUBSYS>_LOCK
This macro specifies the lock file used to synchronize append operations to the log file for this subsystem. It must be a separate file from the $(<SUBSYS>_LOG) file, since the $(<SUBSYS>_LOG) file may be rotated and you want to be able to synchronize access across log file rotations. A lock file is only required for log files which are accessed by more than one process. Currently, this includes only the SHADOW subsystem. This macro is defined relative to the $(LOCK) macro.

JOB_QUEUE_LOG
A full path and file name, specifying the job queue log. The default value, when not defined is $(SPOOL)/job_queue.log. This specification can be useful, if there is a solid state drive which is big enough to hold the frequently written to job_queue.log, but not big enough to hold the whole contents of the spool directory.

FILE_LOCK_VIA_MUTEX
This macro setting only works on Win32 - it is ignored on Unix. If set to be True, then log locking is implemented via a kernel mutex instead of via file locking. On Win32, mutex access is FIFO, while obtaining a file lock is non-deterministic. Thus setting to True fixes problems on Win32 where processes (usually shadows) could starve waiting for a lock on a log file. Defaults to True on Win32, and is always False on Unix.

LOCK_DEBUG_LOG_TO_APPEND
A boolean value that defaults to False. This variable controls whether a daemon's debug lock is used when appending to the log. When False, the debug lock is only used when rotating the log file. This is more efficient, especially when many processes share the same log file. When True, the debug lock is used when writing to the log, as well as when rotating the log file. This setting is ignored under Windows, and the behavior of Windows platforms is as though this variable were True. Under Unix, the default value of False is appropriate when logging to file systems that support the POSIX semantics of O_APPEND. On non-POSIX-compliant file systems, it is possible for the characters in log messages from multiple processes sharing the same log to be interleaved, unless locking is used. Since HTCondor does not support sharing of debug logs between processes running on different machines, many non-POSIX-compliant file systems will still avoid interleaved messages without requiring HTCondor to use a lock. Tests of AFS and NFS have not revealed any problems when appending to the log without locking.

ENABLE_USERLOG_LOCKING
A boolean value that is True by default. When True, a user's job event log will be locked before being written to. If False, HTCondor will not lock the file before writing.

ENABLE_USERLOG_FSYNC
A boolean value that is True by default. When True, writes to the user's job event log are sync-ed to disk before releasing the lock.

USERLOG_FILE_CACHE_MAX
The integer number of job event log files that the condor_schedd will keep open for writing during an interval of time (specified by USERLOG_FILE_CACHE_CLEAR_INTERVAL). The default value is 0, causing no files to remain open; when 0, each job event log is opened, the event is written, and then the file is closed. Individual file descriptors are removed from this count when the condor_schedd detects that no jobs are currently using them. Opening a file is a relatively time consuming operation on a networked file system (NFS), and therefore, allowing a set of files to remain open can improve performance. The value of this variable needs to be set low enough such that the condor_schedd daemon process does not run out of file descriptors by leaving these job event log files open. The Linux operating system defaults to permitting 1024 assigned file descriptors per process; the condor_schedd will have one file descriptor per running job for the condor_shadow.

USERLOG_FILE_CACHE_CLEAR_INTERVAL
The integer number of seconds that forms the time interval within which job event logs will be permitted to remain open when USERLOG_FILE_CACHE_MAX is greater than zero. The default is 60 seconds. When the interval has passed, all job event logs that the condor_schedd has permitted to stay open will be closed, and the interval within which job event logs may remain open between writes of events begins anew. This time interval may be set to a longer duration if the administrator determines that the condor_schedd will not exceed the maximum number of file descriptors; a longer interval may yield higher performance due to fewer files being opened and closed.

EVENT_LOG_COUNT_EVENTS
A boolean value that is False by default. When True, upon rotation of the user's job event log, a count of the number of job events is taken by scanning the log, such that the newly created, post-rotation user job event log will have this count in its header. This configuration variable is relevant when rotation of the user's job event log is enabled.

CREATE_LOCKS_ON_LOCAL_DISK
A boolean value utilized only for Unix operating systems, that defaults to True. This variable is only relevant if ENABLE_USERLOG_LOCKING is True. When True, lock files are written to a directory named condorLocks, thereby using a local drive to avoid known problems with locking on NFS. The location of the condorLocks directory is determined by
  1. The value of TEMP_DIR, if defined.
  2. The value of TMP_DIR, if defined and TEMP_DIR is not defined.
  3. The default value of /tmp, if neither TEMP_DIR nor TMP_DIR is defined.

TOUCH_LOG_INTERVAL
The time interval in seconds between when daemons touch their log files. The change in last modification time for the log file is useful when a daemon restarts after failure or shut down. The last modification date is printed, and it provides an upper bound on the length of time that the daemon was not running. Defaults to 60 seconds.

LOGS_USE_TIMESTAMP
This macro controls how the current time is formatted at the start of each line in the daemon log files. When True, the Unix time is printed (number of seconds since 00:00:00 UTC, January 1, 1970). When False (the default value), the time is printed like so: <Month>/<Day> <Hour>:<Minute>:<Second> in the local timezone.

DEBUG_TIME_FORMAT
This string defines how to format the current time printed at the start of each line in the daemon log files. The value is a format string is passed to the C strftime() function, so see that manual page for platform-specific details. If not defined, the default value is
   "%m/%d %H:%M:%S "  

<SUBSYS>_DEBUG
All of the HTCondor daemons can produce different levels of output depending on how much information is desired. The various levels of verbosity for a given daemon are determined by this macro. All daemons have the default level D_ALWAYS, and log messages for that level will be printed to the daemon's log, regardless of this macro's setting. Settings are a comma- or space-separated list of the following values:

D_ALL
This flag turns on all debugging output by enabling all of the debug levels at once. There is no need to list any other debug levels in addition to D_ALL; doing so would be redundant. Be warned: this will generate about a HUGE amount of output. To obtain a higher level of output than the default, consider using D_FULLDEBUG before using this option.

D_FULLDEBUG
This level provides verbose output of a general nature into the log files. Frequent log messages for very specific debugging purposes would be excluded. In those cases, the messages would be viewed by having that another flag and D_FULLDEBUG both listed in the configuration file.

D_DAEMONCORE
Provides log file entries specific to DaemonCore, such as timers the daemons have set and the commands that are registered. If both D_FULLDEBUG and D_DAEMONCORE are set, expect very verbose output.

D_PRIV
This flag provides log messages about the privilege state switching that the daemons do. See section 3.6.13 on UIDs in HTCondor for details.

D_COMMAND
With this flag set, any daemon that uses DaemonCore will print out a log message whenever a command comes in. The name and integer of the command, whether the command was sent via UDP or TCP, and where the command was sent from are all logged. Because the messages about the command used by condor_kbdd to communicate with the condor_startd whenever there is activity on the X server, and the command used for keep-alives are both only printed with D_FULLDEBUG enabled, it is best if this setting is used for all daemons.

D_LOAD
The condor_startd keeps track of the load average on the machine where it is running. Both the general system load average, and the load average being generated by HTCondor's activity there are determined. With this flag set, the condor_startd will log a message with the current state of both of these load averages whenever it computes them. This flag only affects the condor_startd.

D_KEYBOARD
With this flag set, the condor_startd will print out a log message with the current values for remote and local keyboard idle time. This flag affects only the condor_startd.

D_JOB
When this flag is set, the condor_startd will send to its log file the contents of any job ClassAd that the condor_schedd sends to claim the condor_startd for its use. This flag affects only the condor_startd.

D_MACHINE
When this flag is set, the condor_startd will send to its log file the contents of its resource ClassAd when the condor_schedd tries to claim the condor_startd for its use. This flag affects only the condor_startd.

D_SYSCALLS
This flag is used to make the condor_shadow log remote syscall requests and return values. This can help track down problems a user is having with a particular job by providing the system calls the job is performing. If any are failing, the reason for the failure is given. The condor_schedd also uses this flag for the server portion of the queue management code. With D_SYSCALLS defined in SCHEDD_DEBUG there will be verbose logging of all queue management operations the condor_schedd performs.

D_MATCH
When this flag is set, the condor_negotiator logs a message for every match.

D_NETWORK
When this flag is set, all HTCondor daemons will log a message on every TCP accept, connect, and close, and on every UDP send and receive. This flag is not yet fully supported in the condor_shadow.

D_HOSTNAME
When this flag is set, the HTCondor daemons and/or tools will print verbose messages explaining how they resolve host names, domain names, and IP addresses. This is useful for sites that are having trouble getting HTCondor to work because of problems with DNS, NIS or other host name resolving systems in use.

D_CKPT
When this flag is set, the HTCondor process checkpoint support code, which is linked into a STANDARD universe user job, will output some low-level details about the checkpoint procedure into the $(SHADOW_LOG).

D_SECURITY
This flag will enable debug messages pertaining to the setup of secure network communication, including messages for the negotiation of a socket authentication mechanism, the management of a session key cache. and messages about the authentication process itself. See section 3.6.1 for more information about secure communication configuration.

D_PROCFAMILY
HTCondor often times needs to manage an entire family of processes, (that is, a process and all descendants of that process). This debug flag will turn on debugging output for the management of families of processes.

D_ACCOUNTANT
When this flag is set, the condor_negotiator will output debug messages relating to the computation of user priorities (see section 3.4).

D_PROTOCOL
Enable debug messages relating to the protocol for HTCondor's matchmaking and resource claiming framework.

D_PID
This flag is different from the other flags, because it is used to change the formatting of all log messages that are printed, as opposed to specifying what kinds of messages should be printed. If D_PID is set, HTCondor will always print out the process identifier (PID) of the process writing each line to the log file. This is especially helpful for HTCondor daemons that can fork multiple helper-processes (such as the condor_schedd or condor_collector) so the log file will clearly show which thread of execution is generating each log message.

D_FDS
This flag is different from the other flags, because it is used to change the formatting of all log messages that are printed, as opposed to specifying what kinds of messages should be printed. If D_FDS is set, HTCondor will always print out the file descriptor that the open of the log file was allocated by the operating system. This can be helpful in debugging HTCondor's use of system file descriptors as it will generally track the number of file descriptors that HTCondor has open.

D_CATEGORY
This flag is different from the other flags, because it is used to change the formatting of all log messages that are printed, as opposed to specifying what kinds of messages should be printed. If D_CATEGORY is set, Condor will include the debugging level flags that were in effect for each line of output. This may be used to filter log output by the level or tag it, for example, identifying all logging output at level D_SECURITY, or D_ACCOUNTANT.

ALL_DEBUG
Used to make all subsystems share a debug flag. Set the parameter ALL_DEBUG instead of changing all of the individual parameters. For example, to turn on all debugging in all subsystems, set ALL_DEBUG = D_ALL.

TOOL_DEBUG
Uses the same values (debugging levels) as <SUBSYS>_DEBUG to describe the amount of debugging information sent to stderr for HTCondor tools.

Log files may optionally be specified per debug level as follows:

<SUBSYS>_<LEVEL>_LOG
The name of a log file for messages at a specific debug level for a specific subsystem. <LEVEL> is defined by any debug level, but without the D_ prefix. See section 3.3.4 for the list of debug levels. If the debug level is included in $(<SUBSYS>_DEBUG), then all messages of this debug level will be written both to the log file defined by <SUBSYS>_LOG and the the log file defined by <SUBSYS>_<LEVEL>_LOG. As examples, SHADOW_SYSCALLS_LOG specifies a log file for all remote system call debug messages, and NEGOTIATOR_MATCH_LOG specifies a log file that only captures condor_negotiator debug events occurring with matches.

MAX_<SUBSYS>_<LEVEL>_LOG
See section 3.3.4, the definition of MAX_<SUBSYS>_LOG.

TRUNC_<SUBSYS>_<LEVEL>_LOG_ON_OPEN
Similar to TRUNC_<SUBSYS>_LOG_ON_OPEN .

The following macros control where and what is written to the event log, a file that receives job events, but across all users and user's jobs.

EVENT_LOG
The full path and file name of the event log. There is no default value for this variable, so no event log will be written, if not defined.

EVENT_LOG_MAX_SIZE
Controls the maximum length in bytes to which the event log will be allowed to grow. The log file will grow to the specified length, then be saved to a file with the suffix .old. The .old files are overwritten each time the log is saved. A value of 0 specifies that the file may grow without bounds (and disables rotation). The default is 1 Mbyte. For backwards compatibility, MAX_EVENT_LOG will be used if EVENT_LOG_MAX_SIZE is not defined. If EVENT_LOG is not defined, this parameter has no effect.

MAX_EVENT_LOG
See EVENT_LOG_MAX_SIZE.

EVENT_LOG_MAX_ROTATIONS
Controls the maximum number of rotations of the event log that will be stored. If this value is 1 (the default), the event log will be rotated to a ``.old'' file as described above. However, if this is greater than 1, then multiple rotation files will be stores, up to EVENT_LOG_MAX_ROTATIONS of them. These files will be named, instead of the ``.old'' suffix, ``.1'', ``.2'', with the ``.1'' being the most recent rotation. This is an integer parameter with a default value of 1. If EVENT_LOG is not defined, or if EVENT_LOG_MAX_SIZE has a value of 0 (which disables event log rotation), this parameter has no effect.

EVENT_LOG_ROTATION_LOCK
Controls the lock file that will be used to ensure that, when rotating files, the rotation is done by a single process. This is a string parameter; it's default value is the file path of the event log itself, with a ``.lock'' appended. If EVENT_LOG is not defined, or if EVENT_LOG_MAX_SIZE has a value of 0 (which disables event log rotation), this parameter has no effect.

EVENT_LOG_FSYNC
A boolean value that controls whether HTCondor will perform an fsync() after writing each event to the event log. When True, an fsync() operation is performed after each event. This fsync() operation forces the operating system to synchronize the updates to the event log to the disk, but can negatively affect the performance of the system. Defaults to False.

EVENT_LOG_LOCKING
A boolean value that defaults to True. When True, the event log (as specified by EVENT_LOG) will be locked before being written to. When False, HTCondor does not lock the file before writing.

EVENT_LOG_USE_XML
A boolean value that defaults to False. When True, events are logged in XML format. If EVENT_LOG is not defined, this parameter has no effect.

EVENT_LOG_JOB_AD_INFORMATION_ATTRS
A comma separated list of job ClassAd attributes, whose evaluated values form a new event, the JobAdInformationEvent, given Event Number 028. This new event is placed in the event log in addition to each logged event. If EVENT_LOG is not defined, this configuration variable has no effect. This configuration variable is the same as the job ClassAd attribute JobAdInformationAttrs (see page [*]), but it applies to the system Event Log rather than the user job log.


3.3.5 DaemonCore Configuration File Entries

Please read section 3.9 for details on DaemonCore. There are certain configuration file settings that DaemonCore uses which affect all HTCondor daemons (except the checkpoint server, standard universe shadow, and standard universe starter, none of which use DaemonCore).

HOSTALLOW...
All macros that begin with either HOSTALLOW or HOSTDENY are settings for HTCondor's host-based security. See section 3.6.9 on Setting up IP/host-based security in HTCondor for details on these macros and how to configure them.

ENABLE_RUNTIME_CONFIG
The condor_config_val tool has an option -rset for dynamically setting run time configuration values, and which only affect the in-memory configuration variables. Because of the potential security implications of this feature, by default, HTCondor daemons will not honor these requests. To use this functionality, HTCondor administrators must specifically enable it by setting ENABLE_RUNTIME_CONFIG to True, and specify what configuration variables can be changed using the SETTABLE_ATTRS... family of configuration options. Defaults to False.

ENABLE_PERSISTENT_CONFIG
The condor_config_val tool has a -set option for dynamically setting persistent configuration values. These values override options in the normal HTCondor configuration files. Because of the potential security implications of this feature, by default, HTCondor daemons will not honor these requests. To use this functionality, HTCondor administrators must specifically enable it by setting ENABLE_PERSISTENT_CONFIG to True, creating a directory where the HTCondor daemons will hold these dynamically-generated persistent configuration files (declared using PERSISTENT_CONFIG_DIR, described below) and specify what configuration variables can be changed using the SETTABLE_ATTRS... family of configuration options. Defaults to False.

PERSISTENT_CONFIG_DIR
Directory where daemons should store dynamically-generated persistent configuration files (used to support condor_config_val -set) This directory should only be writable by root, or the user the HTCondor daemons are running as (if non-root). There is no default, administrators that wish to use this functionality must create this directory and define this setting. This directory must not be shared by multiple HTCondor installations, though it can be shared by all HTCondor daemons on the same host. Keep in mind that this directory should not be placed on an NFS mount where ``root-squashing'' is in effect, or else HTCondor daemons running as root will not be able to write to them. A directory (only writable by root) on the local file system is usually the best location for this directory.

SETTABLE_ATTRS...
All macros that begin with SETTABLE_ATTRS or <SUBSYS>.SETTABLE_ATTRS are settings used to restrict the configuration values that can be changed using the condor_config_val command. Section 3.6.9 on Setting up IP/Host-Based Security in HTCondor for details on these macros and how to configure them. In particular, section 3.6.9 on page [*] contains details specific to these macros.

SHUTDOWN_GRACEFUL_TIMEOUT
Determines how long HTCondor will allow daemons try their graceful shutdown methods before they do a hard shutdown. It is defined in terms of seconds. The default is 1800 (30 minutes).

<SUBSYS>_ADDRESS_FILE
A complete path to a file that is to contain an IP address and port number for a daemon. Every HTCondor daemon that uses DaemonCore has a command port where commands are sent. The IP/port of the daemon is put in that daemon's ClassAd, so that other machines in the pool can query the condor_collector (which listens on a well-known port) to find the address of a given daemon on a given machine. When tools and daemons are all executing on the same single machine, communications do not require a query of the condor_collector daemon. Instead, they look in a file on the local disk to find the IP/port. This macro causes daemons to write the IP/port of their command socket to a specified file. In this way, local tools will continue to operate, even if the machine running the condor_collector crashes. Using this file will also generate slightly less network traffic in the pool, since tools including condor_q and condor_rm do not need to send any messages over the network to locate the condor_schedd daemon. This macro is not necessary for the condor_collector daemon, since its command socket is at a well-known port.

The macro is named by substituting <SUBSYS> with the appropriate subsystem string as defined in section 3.3.1.

<SUBSYS>_SUPER_ADDRESS_FILE
A complete path to a file that is to contain an IP address and port number for a command port that is serviced with priority for a daemon. Every HTCondor daemon that uses DaemonCore may have a higher priority command port where commands are sent. Any command that goes through condor_sos, and any command issued by the super user (root or local system) for a daemon on the local machine will have the command sent to this port. Default values are provided for the condor_schedd daemon at $(SPOOL)/.schedd_address.super and the condor_collector daemon at $(LOG)/.collector_address.super. When not defined for other DaemonCore daemons, there will be no higher priority command port.

<SUBSYS>_DAEMON_AD_FILE
A complete path to a file that is to contain the ClassAd for a daemon. When the daemon sends a ClassAd describing itself to the condor_collector, it will also place a copy of the ClassAd in this file. Currently, this setting only works for the condor_schedd.

<SUBSYS>_ATTRS or <SUBSYS>_EXPRS
Allows any DaemonCore daemon to advertise arbitrary expressions from the configuration file in its ClassAd. Give the comma-separated list of entries from the configuration file you want in the given daemon's ClassAd. Frequently used to add attributes to machines so that the machines can discriminate between other machines in a job's rank and requirements.

The macro is named by substituting <SUBSYS> with the appropriate subsystem string as defined in section 3.3.1.

<SUBSYS>_EXPRS is a historic setting that functions identically to <SUBSYS>_ATTRS. Use <SUBSYS>_ATTRS.

NOTE: The condor_kbdd does not send ClassAds now, so this entry does not affect it. The condor_startd, condor_schedd, condor_master, and condor_collector do send ClassAds, so those would be valid subsystems to set this entry for.

SUBMIT_EXPRS not part of the <SUBSYS>_EXPRS, it is documented in section 3.3.14

Because of the different syntax of the configuration file and ClassAds, a little extra work is required to get a given entry into a ClassAd. In particular, ClassAds require quote marks (") around strings. Numeric values and boolean expressions can go in directly. For example, if the condor_startd is to advertise a string macro, a numeric macro, and a boolean expression, do something similar to:

    STRING = This is a string 
    NUMBER = 666
    BOOL1 = True
    BOOL2 = time() >= $(NUMBER) || $(BOOL1)
    MY_STRING = "$(STRING)"
    STARTD_ATTRS = MY_STRING, NUMBER, BOOL1, BOOL2

DAEMON_SHUTDOWN
Starting with HTCondor version 6.9.3, whenever a daemon is about to publish a ClassAd update to the condor_collector, it will evaluate this expression. If it evaluates to True, the daemon will gracefully shut itself down, exit with the exit code 99, and will not be restarted by the condor_master (as if it sent itself a condor_off command). The expression is evaluated in the context of the ClassAd that is being sent to the condor_collector, so it can reference any attributes that can be seen with condor_status -long [-daemon_type] (for example, condor_status -long [-master] for the condor_master). Since each daemon's ClassAd will contain different attributes, administrators should define these shutdown expressions specific to each daemon, for example:
    STARTD.DAEMON_SHUTDOWN = when to shutdown the startd
    MASTER.DAEMON_SHUTDOWN = when to shutdown the master
Normally, these expressions would not be necessary, so if not defined, they default to FALSE.

NOTE: This functionality does not work in conjunction with HTCondor's high-availability support (see section 3.11 on page [*] for more information). If you enable high-availability for a particular daemon, you should not define this expression.

DAEMON_SHUTDOWN_FAST
Identical to DAEMON_SHUTDOWN (defined above), except the daemon will use the fast shutdown mode (as if it sent itself a condor_off command using the -fast option).

USE_CLONE_TO_CREATE_PROCESSES
A boolean value that controls how an HTCondor daemon creates a new process on Linux platforms. If set to the default value of True, the clone system call is used. Otherwise, the fork system call is used. clone provides scalability improvements for daemons using a large amount of memory, for example, a condor_schedd with a lot of jobs in the queue. Currently, the use of clone is available on Linux systems. If HTCondor detects that it is running under the valgrind analysis tools, this setting is ignored and treated as False, to work around incompatibilities.

NOT_RESPONDING_TIMEOUT
When an HTCondor daemon's parent process is another HTCondor daemon, the child daemon will periodically send a short message to its parent stating that it is alive and well. If the parent does not hear from the child for a while, the parent assumes that the child is hung, kills the child, and restarts the child. This parameter controls how long the parent waits before killing the child. It is defined in terms of seconds and defaults to 3600 (1 hour). The child sends its alive and well messages at an interval of one third of this value.

<SUBSYS>_NOT_RESPONDING_TIMEOUT
Identical to NOT_RESPONDING_TIMEOUT, but controls the timeout for a specific type of daemon. For example, SCHEDD_NOT_RESPONDING_TIMEOUT controls how long the condor_schedd's parent daemon will wait without receiving an alive and well message from the condor_schedd before killing it.

NOT_RESPONDING_WANT_CORE
A boolean value with a default value of False. This parameter is for debugging purposes on Unix systems, and it controls the behavior of the parent process when the parent process determines that a child process is not responding. If NOT_RESPONDING_WANT_CORE is True, the parent will send a SIGABRT instead of SIGKILL to the child process. If the child process is configured with the configuration variable CREATE_CORE_FILES enabled, the child process will then generate a core dump. See NOT_RESPONDING_TIMEOUT on page [*], and CREATE_CORE_FILES on page [*] for related details.

LOCK_FILE_UPDATE_INTERVAL
An integer value representing seconds, controlling how often valid lock files should have their on disk timestamps updated. Updating the timestamps prevents administrative programs, such as tmpwatch, from deleting long lived lock files. If set to a value less than 60, the update time will be 60 seconds. The default value is 28800, which is 8 hours. This variable only takes effect at the start or restart of a daemon.

MAX_ACCEPTS_PER_CYCLE
An integer value that defaults to 8. It is a rarely changed performance tuning parameter to limit the number of accepts of new, incoming, socket connect requests per DaemonCore event cycle. A value of zero or less means no limit. It has the most noticeable effect on the condor_schedd, and would be given a higher integer value for tuning purposes when there is a high number of jobs starting and exiting per second.

MAX_REAPS_PER_CYCLE
An integer value that defaults to 0. It is a rarely changed performance tuning parameter that places a limit on the number of child process exits to process per DaemonCore event cycle. A value of zero or less means no limit.

CORE_FILE_NAME
Defines the name of the core file created. Defaults to core.$(SUBSYSTEM) on Unix platforms, and core.$(SUBSYSTEM).WIN32 on Windows platforms.


3.3.6 Network-Related Configuration File Entries

More information about networking in HTCondor can be found in section 3.7 on page [*].

BIND_ALL_INTERFACES
For systems with multiple network interfaces, if this configuration setting is False, HTCondor will only bind network sockets to the IP address specified with NETWORK_INTERFACE (described below). If set to True, the default value, HTCondor will listen on all interfaces. However, currently HTCondor is still only able to advertise a single IP address, even if it is listening on multiple interfaces. By default, it will advertise the IP address of the network interface used to contact the collector, since this is the most likely to be accessible to other processes which query information from the same collector. More information about using this setting can be found in section 3.7.3 on page [*].

CCB_ADDRESS
This is the address of a condor_collector that will serve as this daemon's HTCondor Connection Broker (CCB). Multiple addresses may be listed (separated by commas and/or spaces) for redundancy. The CCB server must authorize this daemon at DAEMON level for this configuration to succeed. It is highly recommended to also configure PRIVATE_NETWORK_NAME if you configure CCB_ADDRESS so communications originating within the same private network do not need to go through CCB. For more information about CCB, see page [*].

CCB_HEARTBEAT_INTERVAL
This is the maximum number of seconds of silence on a daemon's connection to the CCB server after which it will ping the server to verify that the connection still works. The default is 5 minutes. This feature serves to both speed up detection of dead connections and to generate a guaranteed minimum frequency of activity to attempt to prevent the connection from being dropped. The special value 0 disables the heartbeat. The heartbeat is automatically disabled if the CCB server is older than HTCondor version 7.5.0. Having the heartbeat interval greater than the job ClassAd attribute JobLeaseDuration may cause unnecessary job disconnects in pools with network issues.

USE_SHARED_PORT
A boolean value that specifies whether an HTCondor process should rely on condor_shared_port for receiving incoming connections. Under Unix, write access to the location defined by DAEMON_SOCKET_DIR is required for this to take effect. The default is False. For more information about using a shared port, see page [*].

AUTO_INCLUDE_SHARED_PORT_IN_DAEMON_LIST
A boolean value that specifies whether SHARED_PORT should be automatically inserted into condor_master's DAEMON_LIST when USE_SHARED_PORT is True. The default for this setting is True.

<SUBSYS>_MAX_FILE_DESCRIPTORS
This setting is identical to MAX_FILE_DESCRIPTORS, but it only applies to a specific subsystem. If the subsystem-specific setting is unspecified, MAX_FILE_DESCRIPTORS is used. For the condor_collector daemon, the value defaults to 10240, and for the condor_schedd daemon, the value defaults to 4096.

MAX_FILE_DESCRIPTORS
Under Unix, this specifies the maximum number of file descriptors to allow the HTCondor daemon to use. File descriptors are a system resource used for open files and for network connections. HTCondor daemons that make many simultaneous network connections may require an increased number of file descriptors. For example, see page [*] for information on file descriptor requirements of CCB. Changes to this configuration variable require a restart of HTCondor in order to take effect. Also note that only if HTCondor is running as root will it be able to increase the limit above the hard limit (on maximum open files) that it inherits.

NETWORK_INTERFACE
An IP address of the form 123.123.123.123 or the name of a network device, as in the example eth0. The wild card character (*) may be used within either. For example, 123.123.* would match a network interface with an IP address of 123.123.123.123 or 123.123.100.100. The default value is *, which matches all network interfaces.

The effect of this variable depends on the value of BIND_ALL_INTERFACES. There are two cases:

If BIND_ALL_INTERFACES is True (the default), NETWORK_INTERFACE controls what IP address will be advertised as the public address of the daemon. If multiple network interfaces match the value and ENABLE_ADDRESS_REWRITING is True (the default), the IP address that is chosen to be advertised will be the one that is used to communicate with the condor_collector. If ENABLE_ADDRESS_REWRITING is False, the IP address that is chosen to be advertised will be the one associated with the first device (in system-defined order) that is in a public address space, or a private address space, or a loopback address, in that order of preference. If it is desired to advertise an IP address that is not associated with any local network interface, for example, when TCP forwarding is being used, then TCP_FORWARDING_HOST should be used instead of NETWORK_INTERFACE.

If BIND_ALL_INTERFACES is False, then NETWORK_INTERFACE specifies which IP address HTCondor should use for all incoming and outgoing communication. If more than one IP address matches the value, then the IP address that is chosen will be the one associated with the first device (in system-defined order) that is in a public address space, or a private address space, or a loopback address, in that order of preference.

More information about configuring HTCondor on machines with multiple network interfaces can be found in section 3.7.3 on page [*].

PRIVATE_NETWORK_NAME
If two HTCondor daemons are trying to communicate with each other, and they both belong to the same private network, this setting will allow them to communicate directly using the private network interface, instead of having to use CCB or to go through a public IP address. Each private network should be assigned a unique network name. This string can have any form, but it must be unique for a particular private network. If another HTCondor daemon or tool is configured with the same PRIVATE_NETWORK_NAME, it will attempt to contact this daemon using its private network address. Even for sites using CCB, this is an important optimization, since it means that two daemons on the same network can communicate directly, without having to go through the broker. If CCB is enabled, and the PRIVATE_NETWORK_NAME is defined, the daemon's private address will be defined automatically. Otherwise, you can specify a particular private IP address to use by defining the PRIVATE_NETWORK_INTERFACE setting (described below). There is no default for this setting. After changing this setting and running condor_reconfig, it may take up to one condor_collector update interval before the change becomes visible.

PRIVATE_NETWORK_INTERFACE
For systems with multiple network interfaces, if this configuration setting and PRIVATE_NETWORK_NAME are both defined, HTCondor daemons will advertise some additional attributes in their ClassAds to help other HTCondor daemons and tools in the same private network to communicate directly.

PRIVATE_NETWORK_INTERFACE defines what IP address of the form 123.123.123.123 or name of a network device (as in the example eth0) a given multi-homed machine should use for the private network. The asterisk (*) may be used as a wild card character within either the IP address or the device name. If another HTCondor daemon or tool is configured with the same PRIVATE_NETWORK_NAME, it will attempt to contact this daemon using the IP address specified here. The syntax for specifying an IP address is identical to NETWORK_INTERFACE. Sites using CCB only need to define the PRIVATE_NETWORK_NAME, and the PRIVATE_NETWORK_INTERFACE will be defined automatically. Unless CCB is enabled, there is no default value for this variable. After changing this variable and running condor_reconfig, it may take up to one condor_collector update interval before the change becomes visible.

TCP_FORWARDING_HOST
This specifies the host or IP address that should be used as the public address of this daemon. If a host name is specified, be aware that it will be resolved to an IP address by this daemon, not by the clients wishing to connect to it. It is the IP address that is advertised, not the host name. This setting is useful if HTCondor on this host may be reached through a NAT or firewall by connecting to an IP address that forwards connections to this host. It is assumed that the port number on the TCP_FORWARDING_HOST that forwards to this host is the same port number assigned to HTCondor on this host. This option could also be used when ssh port forwarding is being used. In this case, the incoming addresses of connections to this daemon will appear as though they are coming from the forwarding host rather than from the real remote host, so any authorization settings that rely on host addresses should be considered accordingly.

ENABLE_ADDRESS_REWRITING
A boolean value that defaults to True. When NETWORK_INTERFACE matches only one IP address or TCP_FORWARDING_HOST is defined or NET_REMAP_ENABLE is True, this setting has no effect and the behavior is as though it had been set to False. When True, IP addresses published by HTCondor daemons are automatically rewritten to match the IP address of the network interface used to make the publication. For example, if the condor_schedd advertises itself to two pools via flocking, and the condor_collector for one pool is reached by the condor_schedd through a private network interface, while the condor_collector for the other pool is reached through a different network interface, the IP address published by the condor_schedd daemon will match the address of the respective network interfaces used in the two cases. The intention is to make it easier for HTCondor daemons to operate in a multi-homed environment.

HIGHPORT
Specifies an upper limit of given port numbers for HTCondor to use, such that HTCondor is restricted to a range of port numbers. If this macro is not explicitly specified, then HTCondor will not restrict the port numbers that it uses. HTCondor will use system-assigned port numbers. For this macro to work, both HIGHPORT and LOWPORT (given below) must be defined.

LOWPORT
Specifies a lower limit of given port numbers for HTCondor to use, such that HTCondor is restricted to a range of port numbers. If this macro is not explicitly specified, then HTCondor will not restrict the port numbers that it uses. HTCondor will use system-assigned port numbers. For this macro to work, both HIGHPORT (given above) and LOWPORT must be defined.

IN_LOWPORT
An integer value that specifies a lower limit of given port numbers for HTCondor to use on incoming connections (ports for listening), such that HTCondor is restricted to a range of port numbers. This range implies the use of both IN_LOWPORT and IN_HIGHPORT. A range of port numbers less than 1024 may be used for daemons running as root. Do not specify IN_LOWPORT in combination with IN_HIGHPORT such that the range crosses the port 1024 boundary. Applies only to Unix machine configuration. Use of IN_LOWPORT and IN_HIGHPORT overrides any definition of LOWPORT and HIGHPORT.

IN_HIGHPORT
An integer value that specifies an upper limit of given port numbers for HTCondor to use on incoming connections (ports for listening), such that HTCondor is restricted to a range of port numbers. This range implies the use of both IN_LOWPORT and IN_HIGHPORT. A range of port numbers less than 1024 may be used for daemons running as root. Do not specify IN_LOWPORT in combination with IN_HIGHPORT such that the range crosses the port 1024 boundary. Applies only to Unix machine configuration. Use of IN_LOWPORT and IN_HIGHPORT overrides any definition of LOWPORT and HIGHPORT.

OUT_LOWPORT
An integer value that specifies a lower limit of given port numbers for HTCondor to use on outgoing connections, such that HTCondor is restricted to a range of port numbers. This range implies the use of both OUT_LOWPORT and OUT_HIGHPORT. A range of port numbers less than 1024 is inappropriate, as not all daemons and tools will be run as root. Applies only to Unix machine configuration. Use of OUT_LOWPORT and OUT_HIGHPORT overrides any definition of LOWPORT and HIGHPORT.

OUT_HIGHPORT
An integer value that specifies an upper limit of given port numbers for HTCondor to use on outgoing connections, such that HTCondor is restricted to a range of port numbers. This range implies the use of both OUT_LOWPORT and OUT_HIGHPORT. A range of port numbers less than 1024 is inappropriate, as not all daemons and tools will be run as root. Applies only to Unix machine configuration. Use of OUT_LOWPORT and OUT_HIGHPORT overrides any definition of LOWPORT and HIGHPORT.

UPDATE_COLLECTOR_WITH_TCP
If your site needs to use TCP connections to send ClassAd updates to your collector, set to True to enable this feature. Please read section 3.7.5 on ``Using TCP to Send Collector Updates'' on page [*] for more details and a discussion of when this functionality is needed. At this time, this setting only affects the main condor_collector for the site, not any sites that a condor_schedd might flock to. For large pools, it is also necessary to ensure that the collector has a high enough file descriptor limit (e.g. using MAX_FILE_DESCRIPTORS . Defaults to False.

TCP_UPDATE_COLLECTORS
The list of collectors which will be updated with TCP instead of UDP. Please read section 3.7.5 on ``Using TCP to Send Collector Updates'' on page [*] for more details and a discussion of when a site needs this functionality. If not defined, no collectors use TCP instead of UDP.

<SUBSYS>_TIMEOUT_MULTIPLIER
An integer value that defaults to 1. This value multiplies configured timeout values for all targeted subsystem communications, thereby increasing the time until a timeout occurs. This configuration variable is intended for use by developers for debugging purposes, where communication timeouts interfere.

NONBLOCKING_COLLECTOR_UPDATE
A boolean value that defaults to True. When True, the establishment of TCP connections to the condor_collector daemon for a security-enabled pool are done in a nonblocking manner.

NEGOTIATOR_USE_NONBLOCKING_STARTD_CONTACT
A boolean value that defaults to True. When True, the establishment of TCP connections from the condor_negotiator daemon to the condor_startd daemon for a security-enabled pool are done in a nonblocking manner.

UDP_NETWORK_FRAGMENT_SIZE
An integer value that defaults to 1000 and represents the maximum size in bytes of an outgoing UDP packet. If the outgoing message is larger than $(UDP_NETWORK_FRAGMENT_SIZE), then the message will be split (fragmented) into multiple packets no larger than $(UDP_NETWORK_FRAGMENT_SIZE). If the destination of the message is the loopback network interface, see UDP_LOOPBACK_FRAGMENT_SIZE below. For instance, the maximum payload size of a UDP packet over Ethernet is typically 1472 bytes, and thus if a UDP payload exceeds 1472 bytes the IP network stack on either hosts or forwarding devices (such as network routers) will have to perform message fragmentation on transmission and reassembly on receipt. Experimentation has shown that such devices are more likely to simply drop a UDP message under high-traffic scenarios if the message requires reassembly. HTCondor avoids this situation via the capability to perform UDP fragmentation and reassembly on its own.

UDP_LOOPBACK_FRAGMENT_SIZE
An integer value that defaults to 60000 and represents the maximum size in bytes of an outgoing UDP packet that is being sent to the loopback network interface (e.g. 127.0.0.1). If the outgoing message is larger than $(UDP_LOOPBACK_FRAGMENT_SIZE), then the message will be split (fragmented) into multiple packets no larger than $(UDP_LOOPBACK_FRAGMENT_SIZE). If the destination of the message is not the loopback interface, see UDP_NETWORK_FRAGMENT_SIZE above.


3.3.7 Shared File System Configuration File Macros

These macros control how HTCondor interacts with various shared and network file systems. If you are using AFS as your shared file system, be sure to read section 3.12.1 on Using HTCondor with AFS. For information on submitting jobs under shared file systems, see section 2.5.3.

UID_DOMAIN
The UID_DOMAIN macro is used to decide under which user to run jobs. If the $(UID_DOMAIN) on the submitting machine is different than the $(UID_DOMAIN) on the machine that runs a job, then HTCondor runs the job as the user nobody. For example, if the submit machine has a $(UID_DOMAIN) of flippy.cs.wisc.edu, and the machine where the job will execute has a $(UID_DOMAIN) of cs.wisc.edu, the job will run as user nobody, because the two $(UID_DOMAIN)s are not the same. If the $(UID_DOMAIN) is the same on both the submit and execute machines, then HTCondor will run the job as the user that submitted the job.

A further check attempts to assure that the submitting machine can not lie about its UID_DOMAIN. HTCondor compares the submit machine's claimed value for UID_DOMAIN to its fully qualified name. If the two do not end the same, then the submit machine is presumed to be lying about its UID_DOMAIN. In this case, HTCondor will run the job as user nobody. For example, a job submission to the HTCondor pool at the UW Madison from flippy.example.com, claiming a UID_DOMAIN of of cs.wisc.edu, will run the job as the user nobody.

Because of this verification, $(UID_DOMAIN) must be a real domain name. At the Computer Sciences department at the UW Madison, we set the $(UID_DOMAIN) to be cs.wisc.edu to indicate that whenever someone submits from a department machine, we will run the job as the user who submits it.

Also see SOFT_UID_DOMAIN below for information about one more check that HTCondor performs before running a job as a given user.

A few details:

An administrator could set UID_DOMAIN to *. This will match all domains, but it is a gaping security hole. It is not recommended.

An administrator can also leave UID_DOMAIN undefined. This will force HTCondor to always run jobs as user nobody. Running standard universe jobs as user nobody enhances security and should cause no problems, because the jobs use remote I/O to access all of their files. However, if vanilla jobs are run as user nobody, then files that need to be accessed by the job will need to be marked as world readable/writable so the user nobody can access them.

When HTCondor sends e-mail about a job, HTCondor sends the e-mail to user@$(UID_DOMAIN). If UID_DOMAIN is undefined, the e-mail is sent to user@submitmachinename.

TRUST_UID_DOMAIN
As an added security precaution when HTCondor is about to spawn a job, it ensures that the UID_DOMAIN of a given submit machine is a substring of that machine's fully-qualified host name. However, at some sites, there may be multiple UID spaces that do not clearly correspond to Internet domain names. In these cases, administrators may wish to use names to describe the UID domains which are not substrings of the host names of the machines. For this to work, HTCondor must not do this regular security check. If the TRUST_UID_DOMAIN setting is defined to True, HTCondor will not perform this test, and will trust whatever UID_DOMAIN is presented by the submit machine when trying to spawn a job, instead of making sure the submit machine's host name matches the UID_DOMAIN. When not defined, the default is False, since it is more secure to perform this test.

SOFT_UID_DOMAIN
A boolean variable that defaults to False when not defined. When HTCondor is about to run a job as a particular user (instead of as user nobody), it verifies that the UID given for the user is in the password file and actually matches the given user name. However, under installations that do not have every user in every machine's password file, this check will fail and the execution attempt will be aborted. To cause HTCondor not to do this check, set this configuration variable to True. HTCondor will then run the job under the user's UID.

SLOT<N>_USER
The name of a user for HTCondor to use instead of user nobody, as part of a solution that plugs a security hole whereby a lurker process can prey on a subsequent job run as user name nobody. <N> is an integer associated with slots. On Windows, SLOT<N>_USER will only work if the credential of the specified user is stored on the execute machine using condor_store_cred. See Section 3.6.13 for more information.

STARTER_ALLOW_RUNAS_OWNER
A boolean expression evaluated with the job ad as the target, that determines whether the job may run under the job owner's account (True) or whether it will run as SLOT<N>_USER or nobody (False). On Unix, this defaults to True. On Windows, it defaults to False. The job ClassAd may also contain the attribute RunAsOwner which is logically ANDed with the condor_starter daemon's boolean value. Under Unix, if the job does not specify it, this attribute defaults to True. Under Windows, the attribute defaults to False. In Unix, if the UidDomain of the machine and job do not match, then there is no possibility to run the job as the owner anyway, so, in that case, this setting has no effect. See Section 3.6.13 for more information.

DEDICATED_EXECUTE_ACCOUNT_REGEXP
This is a regular expression (i.e. a string matching pattern) that matches the account name(s) that are dedicated to running condor jobs on the execute machine and which will never be used for more than one job at a time. The default matches no account name. If you have configured SLOT<N>_USER to be a different account for each HTCondor slot, and no non-condor processes will ever be run by these accounts, then this pattern should match the names of all SLOT<N>_USER accounts. Jobs run under a dedicated execute account are reliably tracked by HTCondor, whereas other jobs, may spawn processes that HTCondor fails to detect. Therefore, a dedicated execution account provides more reliable tracking of CPU usage by the job and it also guarantees that when the job exits, no ``lurker'' processes are left behind. When the job exits, condor will attempt to kill all processes owned by the dedicated execution account. Example:

SLOT1_USER = cndrusr1
SLOT2_USER = cndrusr2
STARTER_ALLOW_RUNAS_OWNER = False
DEDICATED_EXECUTE_ACCOUNT_REGEXP = cndrusr[0-9]+

You can tell if the starter is in fact treating the account as a dedicated account, because it will print a line such as the following in its log file:

Tracking process family by login "cndrusr1"

EXECUTE_LOGIN_IS_DEDICATED
This configuration setting is deprecated because it cannot handle the case where some jobs run as dedicated accounts and some do not. Use DEDICATED_EXECUTE_ACCOUNT_REGEXP instead.

A boolean value that defaults to False. When True, HTCondor knows that all jobs are being run by dedicated execution accounts (whether they are running as the job owner or as nobody or as SLOT<N>_USER). Therefore, when the job exits, all processes running under the same account will be killed.

FILESYSTEM_DOMAIN
An arbitrary string that is used to decide if the two machines, a submit machine and an execute machine, share a file system. Although this configuration variable name contains the word ``DOMAIN'', its value is not required to be a domain name. It often is a domain name.

Note that this implementation is not ideal: machines may share some file systems but not others. HTCondor currently has no way to express this automatically. A job can express the need to use a particular file system where machines advertise an additional ClassAd attribute and the job requires machines with the attribute, as described on the question within the https://htcondor-wiki.cs.wisc.edu/index.cgi/wiki?p=HowToAdminRecipes page for how to run jobs on a subset of machines that have required software installed.

Note that if you do not set $(FILESYSTEM_DOMAIN), the value defaults to the fully qualified host name of the local machine. Since each machine will have a different $(FILESYSTEM_DOMAIN), they will not be considered to have shared file systems.

RESERVE_AFS_CACHE
If your machine is running AFS and the AFS cache lives on the same partition as the other HTCondor directories, and you want HTCondor to reserve the space that your AFS cache is configured to use, set this macro to True. It defaults to False.

USE_NFS
This macro influences how HTCondor jobs running in the standard universe access their files. By default, HTCondor will redirect the file I/O requests of standard universe jobs from the executing machine to the submitting machine. So, as an HTCondor job migrates around the network, the file system always appears to be identical to the file system where the job was submitted. However, consider the case where a user's data files are sitting on an NFS server. The machine running the user's program will send all I/O over the network to the submitting machine, which in turn sends all the I/O back over the network to the NFS file server. Thus, all of the program's I/O is being sent over the network twice.

If this configuration variable is True, then HTCondor will attempt to read/write files directly on the executing machine without redirecting I/O back to the submitting machine, if both the submitting machine and the machine running the job are both accessing the same NFS servers (if they are both in the same $(FILESYSTEM_DOMAIN) and in the same $(UID_DOMAIN), as described above). The result is I/O performed by HTCondor standard universe jobs is only sent over the network once. While sending all file operations over the network twice might sound really bad, unless you are operating over networks where bandwidth as at a very high premium, practical experience reveals that this scheme offers very little real performance gain. There are also some (fairly rare) situations where this scheme can break down.

Setting $(USE_NFS) to False is always safe. It may result in slightly more network traffic, but HTCondor jobs are most often heavy on CPU and light on I/O. It also ensures that a remote standard universe HTCondor job will always use HTCondor's remote system calls mechanism to reroute I/O and therefore see the exact same file system that the user sees on the machine where she/he submitted the job.

Some gritty details for folks who want to know: If the you set $(USE_NFS) to True, and the $(FILESYSTEM_DOMAIN) of both the submitting machine and the remote machine about to execute the job match, and the $(FILESYSTEM_DOMAIN) claimed by the submit machine is indeed found to be a subset of what an inverse look up to a DNS (domain name server) reports as the fully qualified domain name for the submit machine's IP address (this security measure safeguards against the submit machine from lying), then the job will access files using a local system call, without redirecting them to the submitting machine (with NFS). Otherwise, the system call will get routed back to the submitting machine using HTCondor's remote system call mechanism. NOTE: When submitting a vanilla job, condor_submit will, by default, append requirements to the Job ClassAd that specify the machine to run the job must be in the same $(FILESYSTEM_DOMAIN) and the same $(UID_DOMAIN).

This configuration variable similarly changes the semantics of Chirp file I/O when running in the vanilla, java or parallel universe. If this variable is set in those universes, Chirp will not send I/O requests over the network as requested, but perform them directly to the locally mounted file system. Other than Chirp file access, this variable is unused outside of the standard universe.

IGNORE_NFS_LOCK_ERRORS
When set to True, all errors related to file locking errors from NFS are ignored. Defaults to False, not ignoring errors.

USE_AFS
If your machines have AFS, this macro determines whether HTCondor will use remote system calls for standard universe jobs to send I/O requests to the submit machine, or if it should use local file access on the execute machine (which will then use AFS to get to the submitter's files). Read the setting above on $(USE_NFS) for a discussion of why you might want to use AFS access instead of remote system calls.

One important difference between $(USE_NFS) and $(USE_AFS) is the AFS cache. With $(USE_AFS) set to True, the remote HTCondor job executing on some machine will start modifying the AFS cache, possibly evicting the machine owner's files from the cache to make room for its own. Generally speaking, since we try to minimize the impact of having an HTCondor job run on a given machine, we do not recommend using this setting.

While sending all file operations over the network twice might sound really bad, unless you are operating over networks where bandwidth as at a very high premium, practical experience reveals that this scheme offers very little real performance gain. There are also some (fairly rare) situations where this scheme can break down.

Setting $(USE_AFS) to False is always safe. It may result in slightly more network traffic, but HTCondor jobs are usually heavy on CPU and light on I/O. False ensures that a remote standard universe HTCondor job will always see the exact same file system that the user on sees on the machine where he/she submitted the job. Plus, it will ensure that the machine where the job executes does not have its AFS cache modified as a result of the HTCondor job being there.

However, things may be different at your site, which is why the setting is there.


3.3.8 Checkpoint Server Configuration File Macros

These macros control whether or not HTCondor uses a checkpoint server. This section describes the settings that the checkpoint server itself needs defined. See section 3.8 on Installing a Checkpoint Server for details on installing and running a checkpoint server.

CKPT_SERVER_HOST
The host name of a checkpoint server.

STARTER_CHOOSES_CKPT_SERVER
If this parameter is True or undefined on the submit machine, the checkpoint server specified by $(CKPT_SERVER_HOST) on the execute machine is used. If it is False on the submit machine, the checkpoint server specified by $(CKPT_SERVER_HOST) on the submit machine is used.

CKPT_SERVER_DIR
The full path of the directory the checkpoint server should use to store checkpoint files. Depending on the size of the pool and the size of the jobs submitted, this directory and its subdirectories might need to store many Mbytes of data.

USE_CKPT_SERVER
A boolean which determines if a given submit machine is to use a checkpoint server if one is available. If a checkpoint server is not available or the variable USE_CKPT_SERVER is set to False, checkpoints will be written to the local $(SPOOL) directory on the submission machine.

MAX_DISCARDED_RUN_TIME
If the condor_shadow daemon is unable to read a checkpoint file from the checkpoint server, it keeps trying only if the job has accumulated more than this many seconds of CPU usage. Otherwise, the job is started from scratch. Defaults to 3600 (1 hour). This variable is only used if $(USE_CKPT_SERVER) is True.

CKPT_SERVER_CHECK_PARENT_INTERVAL
This is the number of seconds between checks to see whether the parent of the checkpoint server (usually the condor_master) has died. If the parent has died, the checkpoint server shuts itself down. The default is 120 seconds. A setting of 0 disables this check.

CKPT_SERVER_INTERVAL
The maximum number of seconds the checkpoint server waits for activity on network sockets before performing other tasks. The default value is 300 seconds.

CKPT_SERVER_CLASSAD_FILE
A string that represents a file in the file system to which ClassAds will be written. The ClassAds denote information about stored checkpoint files, such as owner, shadow IP address, name of the file, and size of the file. This information is also independently recorded in the TransferLog. The default setting is undefined, which means a checkpoint server ClassAd file will not be kept.

CKPT_SERVER_CLEAN_INTERVAL
The number of seconds that must pass until the ClassAd log file as described by the CKPT_SERVER_CLASSAD_FILE variable gets truncated. The default is 86400 seconds, which is one day.

CKPT_SERVER_REMOVE_STALE_CKPT_INTERVAL
The number of seconds between attempts to discover and remove stale checkpoint files. It defaults to 86400 seconds, which is one day.

CKPT_SERVER_SOCKET_BUFSIZE
The number of bytes representing the size of the TCP send/recv buffer on the socket file descriptor related to moving the checkpoint file to and from the checkpoint server. The default value is 0, which allows the operating system to decide the size.

CKPT_SERVER_MAX_PROCESSES
The maximum number of child processes that could be working on behalf of the checkpoint server. This includes store processes and restore processes. The default value is 50.

CKPT_SERVER_MAX_STORE_PROCESSES
The maximum number of child process strictly devoted to the storage of checkpoints. The default is the value of CKPT_SERVER_MAX_PROCESSES.

CKPT_SERVER_MAX_RESTORE_PROCESSES
The maximum number of child process strictly devoted to the restoring of checkpoints. The default is the value of CKPT_SERVER_MAX_PROCESSES.

CKPT_SERVER_STALE_CKPT_AGE_CUTOFF
The number of seconds after which if a checkpoint file has not been accessed, it is considered stale. The default value is 5184000 seconds, which is sixty days.


3.3.9 condor_master Configuration File Macros

These macros control the condor_master.

DAEMON_LIST
This macro determines what daemons the condor_master will start and keep its watchful eyes on. The list is a comma or space separated list of subsystem names (listed in section 3.3.1). For example,
  DAEMON_LIST = MASTER, STARTD, SCHEDD

NOTE: This configuration variable cannot be changed by using condor_reconfig or by sending a SIGHUP. To change this configuration variable, restart the condor_master daemon by using condor_restart. Only then will the change take effect.

NOTE: On your central manager, your $(DAEMON_LIST) will be different from your regular pool, since it will include entries for the condor_collector and condor_negotiator.

DC_DAEMON_LIST
A list delimited by commas and/or spaces that lists the daemons in DAEMON_LIST which use the HTCondor DaemonCore library. The condor_master must differentiate between daemons that use DaemonCore and those that do not, so it uses the appropriate inter-process communication mechanisms. This list currently includes all HTCondor daemons except the checkpoint server by default.

As of HTCondor version 7.2.1, a daemon may be appended to the default DC_DAEMON_LIST value by placing the plus character (+) before the first entry in the DC_DAEMON_LIST definition. For example:

  DC_DAEMON_LIST = +NEW_DAEMON

<SUBSYS>
Once you have defined which subsystems you want the condor_master to start, you must provide it with the full path to each of these binaries. For example:
    MASTER          = $(SBIN)/condor_master
    STARTD          = $(SBIN)/condor_startd
    SCHEDD          = $(SBIN)/condor_schedd
These are most often defined relative to the $(SBIN) macro.

The macro is named by substituting <SUBSYS> with the appropriate subsystem string as defined in section 3.3.1.

<DaemonName>_ENVIRONMENT
<DaemonName> is the name of a daemon listed in DAEMON_LIST. Defines changes to the environment that the daemon is invoked with. It should use the same syntax for specifying the environment as the environment specification in a submit description file. For example, to redefine the TMP and CONDOR_CONFIG environment variables seen by the condor_schedd, place the following in the configuration:
  SCHEDD_ENVIRONMENT = "TMP=/new/value CONDOR_CONFIG=/special/config"
When the condor_schedd daemon is started by the condor_master, it would see the specified values of TMP and CONDOR_CONFIG.

<SUBSYS>_ARGS
This macro allows the specification of additional command line arguments for any process spawned by the condor_master. List the desired arguments using the same syntax as the arguments specification in a condor_submit submit file (see page [*]), with one exception: do not escape double-quotes when using the old-style syntax (this is for backward compatibility). Set the arguments for a specific daemon with this macro, and the macro will affect only that daemon. Define one of these for each daemon the condor_master is controlling. For example, set $(STARTD_ARGS) to specify any extra command line arguments to the condor_startd.

The macro is named by substituting <SUBSYS> with the appropriate subsystem string as defined in section 3.3.1.

<SUBSYS>_USERID
The account name that should be used to run the SUBSYS process spawned by the condor_master. When not defined, the process is spawned as the same user that is running condor_master. When defined, the real user id of the spawned process will be set to the specified account, so if this account is not root, the process will not have root privileges. The condor_master must be running as root in order to start processes as other users. Example configuration:

COLLECTOR_USERID = condor
NEGOTIATOR_USERID = condor

The above example runs the condor_collector and condor_negotiator as the condor user with no root privileges. If we specified some account other than the condor user, as set by the (CONDOR_IDS) configuration variable, then we would need to configure the log files for these daemons to be in a directory that they can write to. When using GSI security or any other security method in which the daemon credential is owned by root, it is also necessary to make a copy of the credential, make it be owned by the account the daemons are using, and configure the daemons to use that copy.

PREEN
In addition to the daemons defined in $(DAEMON_LIST), the condor_master also starts up a special process, condor_preen to clean out junk files that have been left laying around by HTCondor. This macro determines where the condor_master finds the condor_preen binary. If this macro is set to nothing, condor_preen will not run.

PREEN_ARGS
Controls how condor_preen behaves by allowing the specification of command-line arguments. This macro works as $(<SUBSYS>_ARGS) does. The difference is that you must specify this macro for condor_preen if you want it to do anything. condor_preen takes action only because of command line arguments. -m means you want e-mail about files condor_preen finds that it thinks it should remove. -r means you want condor_preen to actually remove these files.

PREEN_INTERVAL
This macro determines how often condor_preen should be started. It is defined in terms of seconds and defaults to 86400 (once a day).

PUBLISH_OBITUARIES
When a daemon crashes, the condor_master can send e-mail to the address specified by $(CONDOR_ADMIN) with an obituary letting the administrator know that the daemon died, the cause of death (which signal or exit status it exited with), and (optionally) the last few entries from that daemon's log file. If you want obituaries, set this macro to True.

OBITUARY_LOG_LENGTH
This macro controls how many lines of the log file are part of obituaries. This macro has a default value of 20 lines.

START_MASTER
If this setting is defined and set to False when the condor_master starts up, the first thing it will do is exit. This appears strange, but perhaps you do not want HTCondor to run on certain machines in your pool, yet the boot scripts for your entire pool are handled by a centralized This is an entry you would most likely find in a local configuration file, not a global configuration file.

START_DAEMONS
This macro is similar to the $(START_MASTER) macro described above. However, the condor_master does not exit; it does not start any of the daemons listed in the $(DAEMON_LIST). The daemons may be started at a later time with a condor_on command.

MASTER_UPDATE_INTERVAL
This macro determines how often the condor_master sends a ClassAd update to the condor_collector. It is defined in seconds and defaults to 300 (every 5 minutes).

MASTER_CHECK_NEW_EXEC_INTERVAL
This macro controls how often the condor_master checks the timestamps of the running daemons. If any daemons have been modified, the master restarts them. It is defined in seconds and defaults to 300 (every 5 minutes).

MASTER_NEW_BINARY_RESTART
Defines a mode of operation for the restart of the condor_master, when it notices that the condor_master binary has changed. Valid values are GRACEFUL, PEACEFUL, and NEVER, with a default value of GRACEFUL. On a GRACEFUL restart of the master, child processes are told to exit, but if they do not before a timer expires, then they are killed. On a PEACEFUL restart, child processes are told to exit, after which the condor_master waits until they do so.

MASTER_NEW_BINARY_DELAY
Once the condor_master has discovered a new binary, this macro controls how long it waits before attempting to execute the new binary. This delay exists because the condor_master might notice a new binary while it is in the process of being copied, in which case trying to execute it yields unpredictable results. The entry is defined in seconds and defaults to 120 (2 minutes).

SHUTDOWN_FAST_TIMEOUT
This macro determines the maximum amount of time daemons are given to perform their fast shutdown procedure before the condor_master kills them outright. It is defined in seconds and defaults to 300 (5 minutes).

MASTER_SHUTDOWN_<Name>
A full path and file name of a program that the condor_master is to execute via the Unix execl() call, or the similar Win32 _execl() call, instead of the normal call to exit(). Multiple programs to execute may be defined with multiple entries, each with a unique Name. These macros have no effect on a condor_master unless condor_set_shutdown is run. The Name specified as an argument to the condor_set_shutdown program must match the Name portion of one of these MASTER_SHUTDOWN_<Name> macros; if not, the condor_master will log an error and ignore the command. If a match is found, the condor_master will attempt to verify the program, and it will store the path and program name. When the condor_master shuts down (that is, just before it exits), the program is then executed as described above. The manual page for condor_set_shutdown on page [*] contains details on the use of this program.

NOTE: This program will be run with root privileges under Unix or administrator privileges under Windows. The administrator must ensure that this cannot be used in such a way as to violate system integrity.

MASTER_BACKOFF_CONSTANT and MASTER_<name>_BACKOFF_CONSTANT
When a daemon crashes, condor_master uses an exponential back off delay before restarting it; see the discussion at the end of this section for a detailed discussion on how these parameters work together. These settings define the constant value of the expression used to determine how long to wait before starting the daemon again (and, effectively becomes the initial backoff time). It is an integer in units of seconds, and defaults to 9 seconds.

$(MASTER_<name>_BACKOFF_CONSTANT) is the daemon-specific form of MASTER_BACKOFF_CONSTANT; if this daemon-specific macro is not defined for a specific daemon, the non-daemon-specific value will used.

MASTER_BACKOFF_FACTOR and MASTER_<name>_BACKOFF_FACTOR
When a daemon crashes, condor_master uses an exponential back off delay before restarting it; see the discussion at the end of this section for a detailed discussion on how these parameters work together. This setting is the base of the exponent used to determine how long to wait before starting the daemon again. It defaults to 2 seconds.

$(MASTER_<name>_BACKOFF_FACTOR) is the daemon-specific form of MASTER_BACKOFF_FACTOR; if this daemon-specific macro is not defined for a specific daemon, the non-daemon-specific value will used.

MASTER_BACKOFF_CEILING and MASTER_<name>_BACKOFF_CEILING
When a daemon crashes, condor_master uses an exponential back off delay before restarting it; see the discussion at the end of this section for a detailed discussion on how these parameters work together. This entry determines the maximum amount of time you want the master to wait between attempts to start a given daemon. (With 2.0 as the $(MASTER_BACKOFF_FACTOR), 1 hour is obtained in 12 restarts). It is defined in terms of seconds and defaults to 3600 (1 hour).

$(MASTER_<name>_BACKOFF_CEILING) is the daemon-specific form of MASTER_BACKOFF_CEILING; if this daemon-specific macro is not defined for a specific daemon, the non-daemon-specific value will used.

MASTER_RECOVER_FACTOR and MASTER_<name>_RECOVER_FACTOR
A macro to set how long a daemon needs to run without crashing before it is considered recovered. Once a daemon has recovered, the number of restarts is reset, so the exponential back off returns to its initial state. The macro is defined in terms of seconds and defaults to 300 (5 minutes).

$(MASTER_<name>_RECOVER_FACTOR) is the daemon-specific form of MASTER_RECOVER_FACTOR; if this daemon-specific macro is not defined for a specific daemon, the non-daemon-specific value will used.

When a daemon crashes, condor_master will restart the daemon after a delay (a back off). The length of this delay is based on how many times it has been restarted, and gets larger after each crashes. The equation for calculating this backoff time is given by:

\begin{displaymath}t = c + k^n\end{displaymath}

where $t$ is the calculated time, $c$ is the constant defined by $(MASTER_BACKOFF_CONSTANT), $k$ is the ``factor'' defined by $(MASTER_BACKOFF_FACTOR), and $n$ is the number of restarts already attempted (0 for the first restart, 1 for the next, etc.).

With default values, after the first crash, the delay would be $t = 9
+ 2.0^0$, giving 10 seconds (remember, $n = 0$). If the daemon keeps crashing, the delay increases.

For example, take the $(MASTER_BACKOFF_FACTOR) (which defaults to 2.0) to the power the number of times the daemon has restarted, and add $(MASTER_BACKOFF_CONSTANT) (which defaults to 9). Thus:

$1^{st}$ crash: $n = 0$, so: $t = 9 + 2^0 = 9 + 1 = 10\ seconds$

$2^{nd}$ crash: $n = 1$, so: $t = 9 + 2^1 = 9 + 2 = 11\ seconds$

$3^{rd}$ crash: $n = 2$, so: $t = 9 + 2^2 = 9 + 4 = 13\ seconds$

...

$6^{th}$ crash: $n = 5$, so: $t = 9 + 2^5 = 9 + 32 = 41\ seconds$

...

$9^{th}$ crash: $n = 8$, so: $t = 9 + 2^8 = 9 + 256 = 265\ seconds$

And, after the 13 crashes, it would be:

$13^{th}$ crash: $n = 12$, so: $t = 9 + 2^{12} = 9 + 4096 = 4105\ seconds$

This is bigger than the $(MASTER_BACKOFF_CEILING), which defaults to 3600, so the daemon would really be restarted after only 3600 seconds, not 4105. The condor_master tries again every hour (since the numbers would get larger and would always be capped by the ceiling). Eventually, imagine that daemon finally started and did not crash. This might happen if, for example, an administrator reinstalled an accidentally deleted binary after receiving e-mail about the daemon crashing. If it stayed alive for $(MASTER_RECOVER_FACTOR) seconds (defaults to 5 minutes), the count of how many restarts this daemon has performed is reset to 0.

The moral of the example is that the defaults work quite well, and you probably will not want to change them for any reason.

MASTER_NAME
Defines a unique name given for a condor_master daemon on a machine. For a condor_master running as root, it defaults to the fully qualified host name. When not running as root, it defaults to the user that instantiates the condor_master, concatenated with an at symbol (@), concatenated with the fully qualified host name. If more than one condor_master is running on the same host, then the MASTER_NAME for each condor_master must be defined to uniquely identify the separate daemons.

A defined MASTER_NAME is presumed to be of the form identifying-string@full.host.name. If the string does not include an @ sign, HTCondor appends one, followed by the fully qualified host name of the local machine. The identifying-string portion may contain any alphanumeric ASCII characters or punctuation marks, except the @ sign. We recommend that the string does not contain the : (colon) character, since that might cause problems with certain tools. Previous to HTCondor 7.1.1, when the string included an @ sign, HTCondor replaced whatever followed the @ sign with the fully qualified host name of the local machine. HTCondor does not modify any portion of the string, if it contains an @ sign. This is useful for remote job submissions under the high availability of the job queue.

If the MASTER_NAME setting is used, and the condor_master is configured to spawn a condor_schedd, the name defined with MASTER_NAME takes precedence over the SCHEDD_NAME setting (see section 3.3.11 on page [*]). Since HTCondor makes the assumption that there is only one instance of the condor_startd running on a machine, the MASTER_NAME is not automatically propagated to the condor_startd. However, in situations where multiple condor_startd daemons are running on the same host, the STARTD_NAME should be set to uniquely identify the condor_startd daemons.

If an HTCondor daemon (master, schedd or startd) has been given a unique name, all HTCondor tools that need to contact that daemon can be told what name to use via the -name command-line option.

MASTER_ATTRS
This macro is described in section 3.3.5 as <SUBSYS>_ATTRS.

MASTER_DEBUG
This macro is described in section 3.3.4 as <SUBSYS>_DEBUG.

MASTER_ADDRESS_FILE
This macro is described in section 3.3.5 as <SUBSYS>_ADDRESS_FILE.

ALLOW_ADMIN_COMMANDS
If set to NO for a given host, this macro disables administrative commands, such as condor_restart, condor_on, and condor_off, to that host.

MASTER_INSTANCE_LOCK
Defines the name of a file for the condor_master daemon to lock in order to prevent multiple condor_masters from starting. This is useful when using shared file systems like NFS which do not technically support locking in the case where the lock files reside on a local disk. If this macro is not defined, the default file name will be $(LOCK)/InstanceLock. $(LOCK) can instead be defined to specify the location of all lock files, not just the condor_master's InstanceLock. If $(LOCK) is undefined, then the master log itself is locked.

ADD_WINDOWS_FIREWALL_EXCEPTION
When set to False, the condor_master will not automatically add HTCondor to the Windows Firewall list of trusted applications. Such trusted applications can accept incoming connections without interference from the firewall. This only affects machines running Windows XP SP2 or higher. The default is True.

WINDOWS_FIREWALL_FAILURE_RETRY
An integer value (default value is 60) that represents the number of times the condor_master will retry to add firewall exceptions. When a Windows machine boots up, HTCondor starts up by default as well. Under certain conditions, the condor_master may have difficulty adding exceptions to the Windows Firewall because of a delay in other services starting up. Examples of services that may possibly be slow are the SharedAccess service, the Netman service, or the Workstation service. This configuration variable allows administrators to set the number of times (once every 10 seconds) that the condor_master will retry to add firewall exceptions. A value of 0 means that HTCondor will retry indefinitely.

USE_PROCESS_GROUPS
A boolean value that defaults to True. When False, HTCondor daemons on Unix machines will not create new sessions or process groups. HTCondor uses processes groups to help it track the descendants of processes it creates. This can cause problems when HTCondor is run under another job execution system.


3.3.10 condor_startd Configuration File Macros

NOTE: If you are running HTCondor on a multi-CPU machine, be sure to also read section 3.5.10 on page [*] which describes how to set up and configure HTCondor on multi-core machines.

These settings control general operation of the condor_startd. Examples using these configuration macros, as well as further explanation is found in section 3.5 on Configuring The Startd Policy.

START
A boolean expression that, when True, indicates that the machine is willing to start running an HTCondor job. START is considered when the condor_negotiator daemon is considering evicting the job to replace it with one that will generate a better rank for the condor_startd daemon, or a user with a higher priority.

SUSPEND
A boolean expression that, when True, causes HTCondor to suspend running an HTCondor job. The machine may still be claimed, but the job makes no further progress, and HTCondor does not generate a load on the machine.

PREEMPT
A boolean expression that, when True, causes HTCondor to stop a currently running job once MAXJOBRETIREMENTTIME has expired. This expression is not evaluated if WANT_SUSPEND is True. The default value is False, such that preemption is disabled.

WANT_HOLD
A boolean expression that defaults to False. When True and the value of PREEMPT becomes True and WANT_SUSPEND is False and MAXJOBRETIREMENTTIME has expired, the job is put on hold for the reason (optionally) specified by the variables WANT_HOLD_REASON and WANT_HOLD_SUBCODE. As usual, the job owner may specify periodic_release and/or periodic_remove expressions to react to specific hold states automatically. The attribute HoldReasonCode in the job ClassAd is set to the value 21 when WANT_HOLD is responsible for putting the job on hold.

Here is an example policy that puts jobs on hold that use too much virtual memory:

VIRTUAL_MEMORY_AVAILABLE_MB = (VirtualMemory*0.9)
MEMORY_EXCEEDED = ImageSize/1024 > $(VIRTUAL_MEMORY_AVAILABLE_MB)
PREEMPT = ($(PREEMPT)) || ($(MEMORY_EXCEEDED))
WANT_SUSPEND = ($(WANT_SUSPEND)) && ($(MEMORY_EXCEEDED)) =!= TRUE
WANT_HOLD = ($(MEMORY_EXCEEDED))
WANT_HOLD_REASON = \
   ifThenElse( $(MEMORY_EXCEEDED), \
               "Your job used too much virtual memory.", \
               undefined )

WANT_HOLD_REASON
An expression that defines a string utilized to set the job ClassAd attribute HoldReason when a job is put on hold due to WANT_HOLD. If not defined or if the expression evaluates to Undefined, a default hold reason is provided.

WANT_HOLD_SUBCODE
An expression that defines an integer value utilized to set the job ClassAd attribute HoldReasonSubCode when a job is put on hold due to WANT_HOLD. If not defined or if the expression evaluates to Undefined, the value is set to 0. Note that HoldReasonCode is always set to 21.

CONTINUE
A boolean expression that, when True, causes HTCondor to continue the execution of a suspended job.

KILL
A boolean expression that, when True, causes HTCondor to immediately stop the execution of a vacating job, without delay. The job is hard-killed, so any attempt by the job to checkpoint or clean up will be aborted. This expression should normally be False. When desired, it may be used to abort the graceful shutdown of a job earlier than the limit imposed by MachineMaxVacateTime .

PERIODIC_CHECKPOINT
A boolean expression that, when True, causes HTCondor to initiate a checkpoint of the currently running job. This setting applies to all standard universe jobs and to vm universe jobs that have set vm_checkpoint to True in the submit description file.

RANK
A floating point value that HTCondor uses to compare potential jobs. A larger value for a specific job ranks that job above others with lower values for RANK.

IS_VALID_CHECKPOINT_PLATFORM
A boolean expression that is logically ANDed with the with the START expression to limit which machines a standard universe job may continue execution on once they have produced a checkpoint. The default expression is

   IS_VALID_CHECKPOINT_PLATFORM =
   (
     ( (TARGET.JobUniverse == 1) == FALSE) ||
   
     (
       (MY.CheckpointPlatform =!= UNDEFINED) &&
       (
         (TARGET.LastCheckpointPlatform =?= MY.CheckpointPlatform) ||
         (TARGET.NumCkpts == 0)
       )
     )
   )

CHECKPOINT_PLATFORM
A string used to override the automatically-generated machine ClassAd attribute CheckpointPlatform (see section 12), which is used to identify the platform upon which a job previously generated a checkpoint under the standard universe. This restricts the machine matches that may be considered for a job and where the job may resume. Overriding the value may be necessary for architectures that are the same in name, but actually have differences in instruction sets, such as the AVX extensions to the Intel processor.

WANT_SUSPEND
A boolean expression that, when True, tells HTCondor to evaluate the SUSPEND expression to decide whether to suspend a running job. When True, the PREEMPT expression is not evaluated. When not explicitly set, the condor_startd exits with an error. When explicitly set, but the evaluated value is anything other than True, the value is utilized as if it were False.

WANT_VACATE
A boolean expression that, when True, defines that a preempted HTCondor job is to be vacated, instead of killed. This means the job will be soft-killed and given time to checkpoint or clean up. The amount of time given depends on MachineMaxVacateTime and KILL . The default value is False.

ENABLE_VERSIONED_OPSYS
A boolean expression that determines whether pre-7.7.2 strings used for the machine ClassAd attribute OpSys are used or not. Defaults to False on Windows platforms, meaning that the newer behavior of setting OpSys = "WINDOWS" and OpSysVer = 601 (for example), while OpSysAndVer = "WINNT61". On platforms other than Windows, the default value is True, meaning that the values for OpSys and OpSysAndVer are the same, implementing the pre-7.7.2 behavior.

IS_OWNER
A boolean expression that defaults to being defined as
        IS_OWNER = (START =?= FALSE)
Used to describe the state of the machine with respect to its use by its owner. Job ClassAd attributes are not used in defining IS_OWNER, as they would be Undefined.

STARTD_HISTORY
A file name where the condor_startd daemon will maintain a job history file in an analogous way to that of the history file defined by the configuration variable HISTORY. It will be rotated in the same way, and the same parameters that apply to the HISTORY file rotation apply to the condor_startd daemon history as well.

STARTER
This macro holds the full path to the condor_starter binary that the condor_startd should spawn. It is normally defined relative to $(SBIN).

KILLING_TIMEOUT
The amount of time in seconds that the condor_startd should wait after sending a fast shutdown request to condor_starter before forcibly killing the job and condor_starter. The default value is 30 seconds.

POLLING_INTERVAL
When a condor_startd enters the claimed state, this macro determines how often the state of the machine is polled to check the need to suspend, resume, vacate or kill the job. It is defined in terms of seconds and defaults to 5.

UPDATE_INTERVAL
Determines how often the condor_startd should send a ClassAd update to the condor_collector. The condor_startd also sends update on any state or activity change, or if the value of its START expression changes. See section 3.5.5 on condor_startd states, section 3.5.6 on condor_startd Activities, and section 3.5.2 on condor_startd START expression for details on states, activities, and the START expression. This macro is defined in terms of seconds and defaults to 300 (5 minutes).

UPDATE_OFFSET
An integer value representing the number of seconds of delay that the condor_startd should wait before sending its initial update, and the first update after a condor_reconfig command is sent to the condor_collector. The time of all other updates sent after this initial update is determined by $(UPDATE_INTERVAL). Thus, the first update will be sent after $(UPDATE_OFFSET) seconds, and the second update will be sent after $(UPDATE_OFFSET) + $(UPDATE_INTERVAL). This is useful when used in conjunction with the $RANDOM_INTEGER() macro for large pools, to spread out the updates sent by a large number of condor_startd daemons. Defaults to zero. The example configuration
  startd.UPDATE_INTERVAL = 300
  startd.UPDATE_OFFSET   = $RANDOM_INTEGER(0,300)
causes the initial update to occur at a random number of seconds falling between 0 and 300, with all further updates occurring at fixed 300 second intervals following the initial update.

MachineMaxVacateTime
An integer expression representing the number of seconds the machine is willing to wait for a job that has been soft-killed to gracefully shut down. The default value is 600 seconds (10 minutes). This expression is evaluated when the job starts running. The job may adjust the wait time by setting JobMaxVacateTime. If the job's setting is less than the machine's, the job's specification is used. If the job's setting is larger than the machine's, the result depends on whether the job has any excess retirement time. If the job has more retirement time left than the machine's maximum vacate time setting, then retirement time will be converted into vacating time, up to the amount of JobMaxVacateTime. The KILL expression may be used to abort the graceful shutdown of the job at any time. At the time when the job is preempted, the WANT_VACATE expression may be used to skip the graceful shutdown of the job.

MAXJOBRETIREMENTTIME
When the condor_startd wants to evict a job, a job which has run for less than the number of seconds specified by this expression will not be hard-killed. The condor_startd will wait for the job to finish or to exceed this amount of time, whichever comes sooner. Time spent in suspension does not count against the job. The default value of 0 (when the configuration variable is not present) means that the job gets no retirement time. If the job vacating policy grants the job X seconds of vacating time, a preempted job will be soft-killed X seconds before the end of its retirement time, so that hard-killing of the job will not happen until the end of the retirement time if the job does not finish shutting down before then. Note that in peaceful shutdown mode of the condor_startd, retirement time is treated as though infinite. In graceful shutdown mode, the job will not be preempted until the configured retirement time expires or SHUTDOWN_GRACEFUL_TIMEOUT expires. In fast shutdown mode, retirement time is ignored. See MAXJOBRETIREMENTTIME in section 3.5.8 for further explanation.

By default the condor_negotiator will not match jobs to a slot with retirement time remaining. This behavior is controlled by NEGOTIATOR_CONSIDER_EARLY_PREEMPTION .

There is no default value for this configuration variable.

CLAIM_WORKLIFE
This expression specifies the number of seconds after which a claim will stop accepting additional jobs. The default is 3600. Once the condor_negotiator gives a condor_schedd a claim to a slot, the condor_schedd will keep running jobs on that slot as long as it has more jobs with matching requirements, and CLAIM_WORKLIFE has not expired, and it is not preempted. Once CLAIM_WORKLIFE expires, any existing job may continue to run as usual, but once it finishes or is preempted, the claim is closed. When CLAIM_WORKLIFE is -1, this is treated as an infinite claim worklife, so claims may be held indefinitely (as long as they are not preempted and the user does not run out of jobs, of course). A value of 0 has the effect of not allowing more than one job to run per claim, since it immediately expires after the first job starts running.

MAX_CLAIM_ALIVES_MISSED
The condor_schedd sends periodic updates to each condor_startd as a keep alive (see the description of ALIVE_INTERVAL on page [*]). If the condor_startd does not receive any keep alive messages, it assumes that something has gone wrong with the condor_schedd and that the resource is not being effectively used. Once this happens, the condor_startd considers the claim to have timed out, it releases the claim, and starts advertising itself as available for other jobs. Because these keep alive messages are sent via UDP, they are sometimes dropped by the network. Therefore, the condor_startd has some tolerance for missed keep alive messages, so that in case a few keep alives are lost, the condor_startd will not immediately release the claim. This setting controls how many keep alive messages can be missed before the condor_startd considers the claim no longer valid. The default is 6.

STARTD_HAS_BAD_UTMP
When the condor_startd is computing the idle time of all the users of the machine (both local and remote), it checks the utmp file to find all the currently active ttys, and only checks access time of the devices associated with active logins. Unfortunately, on some systems, utmp is unreliable, and the condor_startd might miss keyboard activity by doing this. So, if your utmp is unreliable, set this macro to True and the condor_startd will check the access time on all tty and pty devices.

CONSOLE_DEVICES
This macro allows the condor_startd to monitor console (keyboard and mouse) activity by checking the access times on special files in /dev. Activity on these files shows up as ConsoleIdle time in the condor_startd's ClassAd. Give a comma-separated list of the names of devices considered the console, without the /dev/ portion of the path name. The defaults vary from platform to platform, and are usually correct.

One possible exception to this is on Linux, where we use ``mouse'' as one of the entries. Most Linux installations put in a soft link from /dev/mouse that points to the appropriate device (for example, /dev/psaux for a PS/2 bus mouse, or /dev/tty00 for a serial mouse connected to com1). However, if your installation does not have this soft link, you will either need to put it in (you will be glad you did), or change this macro to point to the right device.

Unfortunately, modern versions of Linux do not update the access time of device files for USB devices. Thus, these files cannot be be used to determine when the console is in use. Instead, use the condor_kbdd daemon, which gets this information by connecting to the X server.

STARTD_JOB_EXPRS
When the machine is claimed by a remote user, the condor_startd can also advertise arbitrary attributes from the job ClassAd in the machine ClassAd. List the attribute names to be advertised. NOTE: Since these are already ClassAd expressions, do not do anything unusual with strings. This setting defaults to ``JobUniverse''.

STARTD_ATTRS
This macro is described in section 3.3.5 as <SUBSYS>_ATTRS.

STARTD_DEBUG
This macro (and other settings related to debug logging in the condor_startd) is described in section 3.3.4 as <SUBSYS>_DEBUG.

STARTD_ADDRESS_FILE
This macro is described in section 3.3.5 as <SUBSYS>_ADDRESS_FILE

STARTD_SHOULD_WRITE_CLAIM_ID_FILE
The condor_startd can be configured to write out the ClaimId for the next available claim on all slots to separate files. This boolean attribute controls whether the condor_startd should write these files. The default value is True.

STARTD_CLAIM_ID_FILE
This macro controls what file names are used if the above STARTD_SHOULD_WRITE_CLAIM_ID_FILE is true. By default, HTCondor will write the ClaimId into a file in the $(LOG) directory called .startd_claim_id.slotX, where X is the value of SlotID, the integer that identifies a given slot on the system, or 1 on a single-slot machine. If you define your own value for this setting, you should provide a full path, and HTCondor will automatically append the .slotX portion of the file name.

SlotWeight
This may be used to give a slot greater weight when calculating usage, computing fair shares, and enforcing group quotas. For example, claiming a slot with SlotWeight = 2 is equivalent to claiming two SlotWeight = 1 slots. The default value is Cpus, the number of CPUs associated with the slot, which is 1 unless specially configured. Any expression referring to attributes of the slot ClassAd and evaluating to a positive floating point number is valid.

NUM_CPUS
An integer value, which can be used to lie to the condor_startd daemon about how many CPUs a machine has. When set, it overrides the value determined with HTCondor's automatic computation of the number of CPUs in the machine. Lying in this way can allow multiple HTCondor jobs to run on a single-CPU machine, by having that machine treated like a multi-core machine with multiple CPUs, which could have different HTCondor jobs running on each one. Or, a multi-core machine may advertise more slots than it has CPUs. However, lying in this manner will hurt the performance of the jobs, since now multiple jobs will run on the same CPU, and the jobs will compete with each other. The option is only meant for people who specifically want this behavior and know what they are doing. It is disabled by default.

The default value is set by $(DETECTED_CPUS).

Note that this setting cannot be changed with a simple reconfigure, either by sending a SIGHUP or by using the condor_reconfig command. To change this, restart the condor_startd daemon for the change to take effect. The command will be

  condor_restart -startd

If lying about a given machine, this fact should probably be advertised in the machine's ClassAd by using the STARTD_ATTRS setting. This way, jobs submitted in the pool could specify that they did or did not want to be matched with machines that were only really offering these fractional CPUs.

MAX_NUM_CPUS
An integer value used as a ceiling for the number of CPUs detected by HTCondor on a machine. This value is ignored if NUM_CPUS is set. If set to zero, there is no ceiling. If not defined, the default value is zero, and thus there is no ceiling.

Note that this setting cannot be changed with a simple reconfigure, either by sending a SIGHUP or by using the condor_reconfig command. To change this, restart the condor_startd daemon for the change to take effect. The command will be

  condor_restart -startd

COUNT_HYPERTHREAD_CPUS
This macro controls how HTCondor sees hyper threaded processors. When set to True (the default), it includes virtual CPUs in the default value of NUM_CPUS. On dedicated cluster nodes, counting virtual CPUs can sometimes improve total throughput at the expense of individual job speed. However, counting them on desktop workstations can interfere with interactive job performance.

MEMORY
Normally, HTCondor will automatically detect the amount of physical memory available on your machine. Define MEMORY to tell HTCondor how much physical memory (in MB) your machine has, overriding the value HTCondor computes automatically. The actual amount of memory detected by HTCondor is always available in the pre-defined configuration macro DETECTED_MEMORY .

RESERVED_MEMORY
How much memory would you like reserved from HTCondor? By default, HTCondor considers all the physical memory of your machine as available to be used by HTCondor jobs. If RESERVED_MEMORY is defined, HTCondor subtracts it from the amount of memory it advertises as available.

STARTD_NAME
Used to give an alternative value to the Name attribute in the condor_startd's ClassAd. This esoteric configuration macro might be used in the situation where there are two condor_startd daemons running on one machine, and each reports to the same condor_collector. Different names will distinguish the two daemons. See the description of MASTER_NAME in section 3.3.9 on page [*] for defaults and composition of valid HTCondor daemon names.

RUNBENCHMARKS
A boolean expression that specifies whether to run benchmarks. When the machine is in the Unclaimed state and this expression evaluates to True, benchmarks will be run. If RUNBENCHMARKS is specified and set to anything other than False, additional benchmarks will be run once, when the condor_startd starts. To disable start up benchmarks, set RunBenchmarks to False.

DedicatedScheduler
A string that identifies the dedicated scheduler this machine is managed by. Section 3.12.8 on page [*] details the use of a dedicated scheduler.

STARTD_NOCLAIM_SHUTDOWN
The number of seconds to run without receiving a claim before shutting HTCondor down on this machine. Defaults to unset, which means to never shut down. This is primarily intended to facilitate glidein; use in other situations is not recommended.

STARTD_PUBLISH_WINREG
A string containing a semicolon-separated list of Windows registry key names. For each registry key, the contents of the registry key are published in the machine ClassAd. All attribute names are prefixed with WINREG_. The remainder of the attribute name is formed in one of two ways. The first way explicitly specifies the name within the list with the syntax
  STARTD_PUBLISH_WINREG = AttrName1 = KeyName1; AttrName2 = KeyName2

The second way of forming the attribute name derives the attribute names from the key names in the list. The derivation uses the last three path elements in the key name and changes each illegal character to an underscore character. Illegal characters are essentially any non-alphanumeric character. In addition, the percent character (%) is replaced by the string Percent, and the string /sec is replaced by the string _Per_Sec.

HTCondor expects that the hive identifier, which is the first element in the full path given by a key name, will be the valid abbreviation. Here is a list of abbreviations:

HKLM is the abbreviation for HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE
HKCR is the abbreviation for HKEY_CLASSES_ROOT
HKCU is the abbreviation for HKEY_CURRENT_USER
HKPD is the abbreviation for HKEY_PERFORMANCE_DATA
HKCC is the abbreviation for HKEY_CURRENT_CONFIG
HKU is the abbreviation for HKEY_USERS
The HKPD key names are unusual, as they are not shown in regedit. Their values are periodically updated at the interval defined by UPDATE_INTERVAL. The others are not updated until condor_reconfig is issued.

Here is a complete example of the configuration variable definition,

    STARTD_PUBLISH_WINREG = HKLM\Software\Perl\BinDir; \
     BATFile_RunAs_Command = HKCR\batFile\shell\RunAs\command; \
     HKPD\Memory\Available MBytes; \
     BytesAvail = HKPD\Memory\Available Bytes; \
     HKPD\Terminal Services\Total Sessions; \
     HKPD\Processor\% Idle Time; \
     HKPD\System\Processes
which generates the following portion of a machine ClassAd:
  WINREG_Software_Perl_BinDir = "C:\Perl\bin\perl.exe"
  WINREG_BATFile_RunAs_Command = "%SystemRoot%\System32\cmd.exe /C \"%1\" %*"
  WINREG_Memory_Available_MBytes = 5331
  WINREG_BytesAvail = 5590536192.000000
  WINREG_Terminal_Services_Total_Sessions = 2
  WINREG_Processor_Percent_Idle_Time = 72.350384
  WINREG_System_Processes = 166

MOUNT_UNDER_SCRATCH
A comma separated list of directories. For each directory in the list, HTCondor creates a directory in the job's temporary scratch directory with that name, and makes it available at the given name using bind mounts. This is available on Linux systems which provide bind mounts and per-process tree mount tables, such as Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5. A bind mount is like a symbolic link, but is not globally visible to all processes. It is only visible to the job and the job's child processes. As an example:
  MOUNT_UNDER_SCRATCH = /tmp,/var/tmp
The job will see the usual /tmp and /var/tmp directories, but when accessing files via these paths, the system will redirect the access. The resultant files will actually end up in directories named tmp or var/tmp under the the job's temporary scratch directory. This is useful, because the job's scratch directory will be cleaned up after the job completes, two concurrent jobs will not interfere with each other, and because jobs will not be able to fill up the real /tmp directory. Another use case might be for home directories, which some jobs might want to write to, but that should be cleaned up after each job run. The default value if not defined will be that no directories are mounted in the job's temporary scratch directory.

These macros control if the condor_startd daemon should perform backfill computations whenever resources would otherwise be idle. See section 3.12.9 on page [*] on Configuring HTCondor for Running Backfill Jobs for details.

ENABLE_BACKFILL
A boolean value that, when True, indicates that the machine is willing to perform backfill computations when it would otherwise be idle. This is not a policy expression that is evaluated, it is a simple True or False. This setting controls if any of the other backfill-related expressions should be evaluated. The default is False.

BACKFILL_SYSTEM
A string that defines what backfill system to use for spawning and managing backfill computations. Currently, the only supported value for this is "BOINC", which stands for the Berkeley Open Infrastructure for Network Computing. See http://boinc.berkeley.edu for more information about BOINC. There is no default value, administrators must define this.

START_BACKFILL
A boolean expression that is evaluated whenever an HTCondor resource is in the Unclaimed/Idle state and the ENABLE_BACKFILL expression is True. If START_BACKFILL evaluates to True, the machine will enter the Backfill state and attempt to spawn a backfill computation. This expression is analogous to the START expression that controls when an HTCondor resource is available to run normal HTCondor jobs. The default value is False (which means do not spawn a backfill job even if the machine is idle and ENABLE_BACKFILL expression is True). For more information about policy expressions and the Backfill state, see section 3.5 beginning on page [*], especially sections 3.5.5, 3.5.6, and 3.5.7.

EVICT_BACKFILL
A boolean expression that is evaluated whenever an HTCondor resource is in the Backfill state which, when True, indicates the machine should immediately kill the currently running backfill computation and return to the Owner state. This expression is a way for administrators to define a policy where interactive users on a machine will cause backfill jobs to be removed. The default value is False. For more information about policy expressions and the Backfill state, see section 3.5 beginning on page [*], especially sections 3.5.5, 3.5.6, and 3.5.7.

These macros only apply to the condor_startd daemon when it is running on a multi-core machine. See section 3.5.10 on page [*] for details.

STARTD_RESOURCE_PREFIX
A string which specifies what prefix to give the unique HTCondor resources that are advertised on multi-core machines. Previously, HTCondor used the term virtual machine to describe these resources, so the default value for this setting was vm. However, to avoid confusion with other kinds of virtual machines, such as the ones created using tools like VMware or Xen, the old virtual machine terminology has been changed, and has become the term slot. Therefore, the default value of this prefix is now slot. If sites want to continue using vm, or prefer something other slot, this setting enables sites to define what string the condor_startd will use to name the individual resources on a multi-core machine.

SLOTS_CONNECTED_TO_CONSOLE
An integer which indicates how many of the machine slots the condor_startd is representing should be "connected" to the console (in other words, notice when there's console activity). This defaults to all slots (N in a machine with N CPUs).

SLOTS_CONNECTED_TO_KEYBOARD
An integer which indicates how many of the machine slots the condor_startd is representing should be "connected" to the keyboard (for remote tty activity, as well as console activity). Defaults to 1.

DISCONNECTED_KEYBOARD_IDLE_BOOST
If there are slots not connected to either the keyboard or the console, the corresponding idle time reported will be the time since the condor_startd was spawned, plus the value of this macro. It defaults to 1200 seconds (20 minutes). We do this because if the slot is configured not to care about keyboard activity, we want it to be available to HTCondor jobs as soon as the condor_startd starts up, instead of having to wait for 15 minutes or more (which is the default time a machine must be idle before HTCondor will start a job). If you do not want this boost, set the value to 0. If you change your START expression to require more than 15 minutes before a job starts, but you still want jobs to start right away on some of your multi-core nodes, increase this macro's value.

STARTD_SLOT_ATTRS
The list of ClassAd attribute names that should be shared across all slots on the same machine. This setting was formerly know as STARTD_VM_ATTRS or STARTD_VM_EXPRS (before version 6.9.3). For each attribute in the list, the attribute's value is taken from each slot's machine ClassAd and placed into the machine ClassAd of all the other slots within the machine. For example, if the configuration file for a 2-slot machine contains
        STARTD_SLOT_ATTRS = State, Activity, EnteredCurrentActivity
then the machine ClassAd for both slots will contain attributes that will be of the form:
     slot1_State = "Claimed"
     slot1_Activity = "Busy"
     slot1_EnteredCurrentActivity = 1075249233
     slot2_State = "Unclaimed"
     slot2_Activity = "Idle"
     slot2_EnteredCurrentActivity = 1075240035

The following settings control the number of slots reported for a given multi-core host, and what attributes each one has. They are only needed if you do not want to have a multi-core machine report to HTCondor with a separate slot for each CPU, with all shared system resources evenly divided among them. Please read section 3.5.10 on page [*] for details on how to properly configure these settings to suit your needs.

NOTE: You can only change the number of each type of slot the condor_startd is reporting with a simple reconfig (such as sending a SIGHUP signal, or using the condor_reconfig command). You cannot change the definition of the different slot types with a reconfig. If you change them, you must restart the condor_startd for the change to take effect (for example, using condor_restart -startd).

NOTE: Prior to version 6.9.3, any settings that included the term slot used to use virtual machine or vm. If searching for information about one of these older settings, search for the corresponding attribute names using slot, instead.

MAX_SLOT_TYPES
The maximum number of different slot types. Note: this is the maximum number of different types, not of actual slots. Defaults to 10. (You should only need to change this setting if you define more than 10 separate slot types, which would be pretty rare.)

SLOT_TYPE_<N>
This setting defines a given slot type, by specifying what part of each shared system resource (like RAM, swap space, etc) this kind of slot gets. This setting has no effect unless you also define NUM_SLOTS_TYPE_<N>. N can be any integer from 1 to the value of $(MAX_SLOT_TYPES), such as SLOT_TYPE_1. The format of this entry can be somewhat complex, so please refer to section 3.5.10 on page [*] for details on the different possibilities.

SLOT_TYPE_<N>_PARTITIONABLE
A boolean variable that defaults to False. When True, this slot permits dynamic provisioning, as specified in section  3.5.10.

CLAIM_PARTITIONABLE_LEFTOVERS
A boolean variable that defaults to True. When True within the configuration for both the condor_schedd and the condor_startd, and the condor_schedd claims a partitionable slot, the condor_startd returns the slot's ClassAd and a claim id for leftover resources. In doing so, the condor_schedd can claim multiple dynamic slots without waiting for a negotiation cycle.

MACHINE_RESOURCE_NAMES
A comma and/or space separated list of resource names that represent custom resources specific to a machine. These resources are further intended to be statically divided or partitioned, and these resource names identify the configuration variables that define the partitioning. If used, custom resources without names in the list are ignored.

MACHINE_RESOURCE_<name>
An integer that specifies the quantity of or list of identifiers for the customized local machine resource available for an SMP machine. The portion of this configuration variable's name identified with <name> will be used to label quantities of the resource allocated to a slot. If a quantity is specified, the resource is presumed to be fungible and slots will be allocated a quantity of the resource but specific instances will not be identified. If a list of identifiers is specified the quantity is the number of identifiers and slots will be allocated both a quantity of the resource and assigned specific resource identifiers.

OFFLINE_MACHINE_RESOURCE_<name>
A comma and/or space separated list of resource identifiers for any customized local machine resources that are currently offline, and therefore should not be allocated to a slot. The identifiers specified here must match those specified by value of configuration variables MACHINE_RESOURCE_<name> or MACHINE_RESOURCE_INVENTORY_<name> , or the identifiers will be ignored. The <name> identifies the type of resource, as specified by the value of configuration variable MACHINE_RESOURCE_NAMES. This configuration variable is used to have resources that are detected and reported to exist by HTCondor, but not assigned to slots. A restart of the condor_startd is required for changes to this configuration variable to take effect.

MACHINE_RESOURCE_INVENTORY_<name>
Specifies a command line that is executed upon start up of the condor_startd daemon. The script is expected to output an attribute definition of the form
  Detected<xxx>=y
or of the form
  Detected<xxx>="y, z, a, ..."
where <xxx> is the name of a resource that exists on the machine, and y is the quantity of the resource or "y, z, a, ..." is a comma and/or space separated list of identifiers of the resource that exist on the machine. This attribute is added to the machine ClassAd, such that these resources may be statically divided or partitioned. A script may be a convenient way to specify a calculated or detected quantity of the resource, instead of specifying a fixed quantity or list of the resource in the the configuration when set by MACHINE_RESOURCE_<name> .

ENVIRONMENT_FOR_Assigned<name>
A space separated list of environment variables to set for the job. Each environment variable will be set to the list of assigned resources defined by the slot ClassAd attribute Assigned<name>. Each environment variable name may be followed by an equals sign and a Perl style regular expression that defines how to modify each resource ID before using it as the value of the environment variable. As a special case for CUDA GPUs, if the environment variable name is CUDA_VISIBLE_DEVICES, then the correct Perl style regular expression is applied automatically.

For example, with the configuration

  ENVIRONMENT_FOR_AssignedGPUs = VISIBLE_GPUS=/^/gpuid:/

and with the machine ClassAd attribute AssignedGPUs = "CUDA1, CUDA2", the job's environment will contain

  VISIBLE_GPUS = gpuid:CUDA1, gpuid:CUDA2

ENVIRONMENT_VALUE_FOR_UnAssigned<name>
Defines the value to set for environment variables specified in by configuration variable ENVIRONMENT_FOR_Assigned<name> when there is no machine ClassAd attribute Assigned<name> for the slot. This configuration variable exists to deal with the situation where jobs will use a resource that they have not been assigned because there is no explicit assignment. The CUDA runtime library (for GPUs) has this problem.

For example, where configuration is

  ENVIRONMENT_FOR_AssignedGPUs = VISIBLE_GPUS
  ENVIRONMENT_VALUE_FOR_UnAssignedGPUs = none
and there is no machine ClassAd attribute AssignedGPUs, the job's environment will contain
  VISIBLE_GPUS = none

MUST_MODIFY_REQUEST_EXPRS
A boolean value that defaults to False. When False, configuration variables whose names begin with MODIFY_REQUEST_EXPR are only applied if the job claim still matches the partitionable slot after modification. If True, the modifications always take place, and if the modifications cause the claim to no longer match, then the condor_startd will simply refuse the claim.

MODIFY_REQUEST_EXPR_REQUESTMEMORY
A boolean expression used by the condor_startd daemon to modify the evaluated value of the RequestMemory job ClassAd attribute, before it used to provision a dynamic slot. The default value is given by
  quantize(RequestMemory,{128})

MODIFY_REQUEST_EXPR_REQUESTDISK
A boolean expression used by the condor_startd daemon to modify the evaluated value of the RequestDisk job ClassAd attribute, before it used to provision a dynamic slot. The default value is given by quantize(RequestDisk,1024).

MODIFY_REQUEST_EXPR_REQUESTCPUS
A boolean expression used by the condor_startd daemon to modify the evaluated value of the RequestCpus job ClassAd attribute, before it used to provision a dynamic slot. The default value is given by quantize(RequestCpus,1)

NUM_SLOTS_TYPE_<N>
This macro controls how many of a given slot type are actually reported to HTCondor. There is no default.

NUM_SLOTS
An integer value representing the number of slots reported when the multi-core machine is being evenly divided, and the slot type settings described above are not being used. The default is one slot for each CPU. This setting can be used to reserve some CPUs on a multi-core machine, which would not be reported to the HTCondor pool. This value cannot be used to make HTCondor advertise more slots than there are CPUs on the machine. To do that, use NUM_CPUS .

ALLOW_VM_CRUFT
A boolean value that HTCondor sets and uses internally, currently defaulting to True. When True, HTCondor looks for configuration variables named with the previously used string VM after searching unsuccessfully for variables named with the currently used string SLOT. When False, HTCondor does not look for variables named with the previously used string VM after searching unsuccessfully for the string SLOT.

The following variables set consumption policies for partitionable slots. Section 3.5.10 details consumption policies.

CONSUMPTION_POLICY
A boolean value that defaults to False. When True, consumption policies are enabled for partitionable slots within the condor_startd daemon. Any definition of the form SLOT_TYPE_<N>_CONSUMPTION_POLICY overrides this global definition for the given slot type.

CONSUMPTION_<Resource>
An expression that specifies a consumption policy for a particular resource within a partitionable slot. To support a consumption policy, each resource advertised by the slot must have such a policy configured. Custom resources may be specified, substituting the resource name for <Resource>. Any definition of the form SLOT_TYPE_<N>_CONSUMPTION_<Resource> overrides this global definition for the given slot type. CPUs, memory, and disk resources are always advertised by condor_startd, and have the default values:
CONSUMPTION_CPUS = quantize(target.RequestCpus,{1})
CONSUMPTION_MEMORY = quantize(target.RequestMemory,{128})
CONSUMPTION_DISK = quantize(target.RequestDisk,{1024})
Custom resources have no default consumption policy.

SLOT_WEIGHT
An expression that specifies a slot's weight, used as a multiplier the condor_negotiator daemon during matchmaking to assess user usage of a slot, which affects user priority. Defaults to Cpus. In the case of slots with consumption policies, the cost of each match is is assessed as the difference in the slot weight expression before and after the resources consumed by the match are deducted from the slot. Any definition of the form SLOT_TYPE_<N>_SLOT_WEIGHT overrides this global definition for the given slot type.

NUM_CLAIMS
Specifies the number of claims a partitionable slot will advertise for use by the condor_negotiator daemon. In the case of slots with a defined consumption policy, the condor_negotiator may match more than one job to the slot in a single negotiation cycle. For partitionable slots with a consumption policy, NUM_CLAIMS defaults to the number of CPUs owned by the slot. Otherwise, it defaults to 1.

The following configuration variables support java universe jobs.

JAVA
The full path to the Java interpreter (the Java Virtual Machine).

JAVA_CLASSPATH_ARGUMENT
The command line argument to the Java interpreter (the Java Virtual Machine) that specifies the Java Classpath. Classpath is a Java-specific term that denotes the list of locations (.jar files and/or directories) where the Java interpreter can look for the Java class files that a Java program requires.

JAVA_CLASSPATH_SEPARATOR
The single character used to delimit constructed entries in the Classpath for the given operating system and Java Virtual Machine. If not defined, the operating system is queried for its default Classpath separator.

JAVA_CLASSPATH_DEFAULT
A list of path names to .jar files to be added to the Java Classpath by default. The comma and/or space character delimits list entries.

JAVA_EXTRA_ARGUMENTS
A list of additional arguments to be passed to the Java executable.

The following configuration variables control .NET version advertisement.

STARTD_PUBLISH_DOTNET
A boolean value that controls the advertising of the .NET framework on Windows platforms. When True, the condor_startd will advertise all installed versions of the .NET framework within the DotNetVersions attribute in the condor_startd machine ClassAd. The default value is True. Set the value to false to turn off .NET version advertising.

DOT_NET_VERSIONS
A string expression that administrators can use to override the way that .NET versions are advertised. If the administrator wishes to advertise .NET installations, but wishes to do so in a format different than what the condor_startd publishes in its ClassAds, setting a string in this expression will result in the condor_startd publishing the string when STARTD_PUBLISH_DOTNET is True. No value is set by default.

These macros control the power management capabilities of the condor_startd to optionally put the machine in to a low power state and wake it up later. See section 3.15 on page [*] on Power Management for more details.

HIBERNATE_CHECK_INTERVAL
An integer number of seconds that determines how often the condor_startd checks to see if the machine is ready to enter a low power state. The default value is 0, which disables the check. If not 0, the HIBERNATE expression is evaluated within the context of each slot at the given interval. If used, a value 300 (5 minutes) is recommended.

As a special case, the interval is ignored when the machine has just returned from a low power state, excluding "SHUTDOWN". In order to avoid machines from volleying between a running state and a low power state, an hour of uptime is enforced after a machine has been woken. After the hour has passed, regular checks resume.

HIBERNATE
A string expression that represents lower power state. When this state name evaluates to a valid state other than "NONE", causes HTCondor to put the machine into the specified low power state. The following names are supported (and are not case sensitive):

"NONE", "0": No-op; do not enter a low power state
"S1", "1", "STANDBY", "SLEEP": On Windows, this is Sleep (standby)
"S2", "2": On Windows, this is Sleep (standby)
"S3", "3", "RAM", "MEM", "SUSPEND": On Windows, this is Sleep (standby)
"S4", "4", "DISK", "HIBERNATE": Hibernate
"S5", "5", "SHUTDOWN", "OFF": Shutdown (soft-off)

The HIBERNATE expression is written in terms of the S-states as defined in the Advanced Configuration and Power Interface (ACPI) specification. The S-states take the form S<n>, where <n> is an integer in the range 0 to 5, inclusive. The number that results from evaluating the expression determines which S-state to enter. The notation was adopted because it appears to be the standard naming scheme for power states on several popular operating systems, including various flavors of Windows and Linux distributions. The other strings, such as "RAM" and "DISK", are provided for ease of configuration.

Since this expression is evaluated in the context of each slot on the machine, any one slot has veto power over the other slots. If the evaluation of HIBERNATE in one slot evaluates to "NONE" or "0", then the machine will not be placed into a low power state. On the other hand, if all slots evaluate to a non-zero value, but differ in value, then the largest value is used as the representative power state.

Strings that do not match any in the table above are treated as "NONE".

UNHIBERNATE
A boolean expression that specifies when an offline machine should be woken up. The default value is MachineLastMatchTime =!= UNDEFINED. This expression does not do anything, unless there is an instance of condor_rooster running, or another program that evaluates the Unhibernate expression of offline machine ClassAds. In addition, the collecting of offline machine ClassAds must be enabled for this expression to work. The variable COLLECTOR_PERSISTENT_AD_LOG on page [*] detailed on page [*] explains this. The special attribute MachineLastMatchTime is updated in the ClassAds of offline machines when a job would have been matched to the machine if it had been online. For multi-slot machines, the offline ClassAd for slot1 will also contain the attributes slot<X>_MachineLastMatchTime, where X is replaced by the slot id of the other slots that would have been matched while offline. This allows the slot1 UNHIBERNATE expression to refer to all of the slots on the machine, in case that is necessary. By default, condor_rooster will wake up a machine if any slot on the machine has its UNHIBERNATE expression evaluate to True.

HIBERNATION_PLUGIN
A string which specifies the path and executable name of the hibernation plug-in that the condor_startd should use in the detection of low power states and switching to the low power states. The default value is $(LIBEXEC)/power_state. A default executable in that location which meets these specifications is shipped with HTCondor.

The condor_startd initially invokes this plug-in with both the value defined for HIBERNATION_PLUGIN_ARGS and the argument ad, and expects the plug-in to output a ClassAd to its standard output stream. The condor_startd will use this ClassAd to determine what low power setting to use on further invocations of the plug-in. To that end, the ClassAd must contain the attribute HibernationSupportedStates, a comma separated list of low power modes that are available. The recognized mode strings are the same as those in the table for the configuration variable HIBERNATE. The optional attribute HibernationMethod specifies a string which describes the mechanism used by the plug-in. The default Linux plug-in shipped with HTCondor will produce one of the strings NONE, /sys, /proc, or pm-utils. The optional attribute HibernationRawMask is an integer which represents the bit mask of the modes detected.

Subsequent condor_startd invocations of the plug-in have command line arguments defined by HIBERNATION_PLUGIN_ARGS plus the argument set <power-mode>, where <power-mode> is one of the supported states as given in the attribute HibernationSupportedStates.

HIBERNATION_PLUGIN_ARGS
Command line arguments appended to the command that invokes the plug-in. The additional argument ad is appended when the condor_startd initially invokes the plug-in.

HIBERNATION_OVERRIDE_WOL
A boolean value that defaults to False. When True, it causes the condor_startd daemon's detection of the whether or not the network interface handles WOL packets to be ignored. When False, hibernation is disabled if the network interface does not use WOL packets to wake from hibernation. Therefore, when True hibernation can be enabled despite the fact that WOL packets are not used to wake machines.

LINUX_HIBERNATION_METHOD
A string that can be used to override the default search used by HTCondor on Linux platforms to detect the hibernation method to use. This is used by the default hibernation plug-in executable that is shipped with HTCondor. The default behavior orders its search with:
  1. Detect and use the pm-utils command line tools. The corresponding string is defined with "pm-utils".
  2. Detect and use the directory in the virtual file system /sys/power. The corresponding string is defined with "/sys".
  3. Detect and use the directory in the virtual file system /proc/ACPI. The corresponding string is defined with "/proc".
To override this ordered search behavior, and force the use of one particular method, set LINUX_HIBERNATION_METHOD to one of the defined strings.

OFFLINE_LOG
This configuration variable is no longer used. It has been replaced by COLLECTOR_PERSISTENT_AD_LOG.

OFFLINE_EXPIRE_ADS_AFTER
An integer number of seconds specifying the lifetime of the persistent machine ClassAd representing a hibernating machine. Defaults to the largest 32-bit integer.

The following macros control the optional computation of resource availability statistics in the condor_startd.

STARTD_COMPUTE_AVAIL_STATS
A boolean value that determines if the condor_startd computes resource availability statistics. The default is False.

If STARTD_COMPUTE_AVAIL_STATS is True, the condor_startd will define the following ClassAd attributes for resources:

AvailTime
The proportion of the time (between 0.0 and 1.0) that this resource has been in a state other than Owner.
LastAvailInterval
The duration in seconds of the last period between Owner states.

The following attributes will also be included if the resource is not in the Owner state:

AvailSince
The time at which the resource last left the Owner state. Measured in the number of seconds since the epoch (00:00:00 UTC, Jan 1, 1970).
AvailTimeEstimate
Based on past history, an estimate of how long the current period between Owner states will last.

STARTD_AVAIL_CONFIDENCE
A floating point number representing the confidence level of the condor_startd daemon's AvailTime estimate. By default, the estimate is based on the 80th percentile of past values, so the value is initially set to 0.8.

STARTD_MAX_AVAIL_PERIOD_SAMPLES
An integer that limits the number of samples of past available intervals stored by the condor_startd to limit memory and disk consumption. Each sample requires 4 bytes of memory and approximately 10 bytes of disk space.


3.3.11 condor_schedd Configuration File Entries

These macros control the condor_schedd.

SHADOW
This macro determines the full path of the condor_shadow binary that the condor_schedd spawns. It is normally defined in terms of $(SBIN).

START_LOCAL_UNIVERSE
A boolean value that defaults to TotalLocalJobsRunning < 200. The condor_schedd uses this macro to determine whether to start a local universe job. At intervals determined by SCHEDD_INTERVAL, the condor_schedd daemon evaluates this macro for each idle local universe job that it has. For each job, if the START_LOCAL_UNIVERSE macro is True, then the job's Requirements expression is evaluated. If both conditions are met, then the job is allowed to begin execution.

The following example only allows 10 local universe jobs to execute concurrently. The attribute TotalLocalJobsRunning is supplied by condor_schedd's ClassAd:

    START_LOCAL_UNIVERSE = TotalLocalJobsRunning < 10

STARTER_LOCAL
The complete path and executable name of the condor_starter to run for local universe jobs. This variable's value is defined in the initial configuration provided with HTCondor as
  STARTER_LOCAL = $(SBIN)/condor_starter
This variable would only be modified or hand added into the configuration for a pool to be upgraded from one running a version of HTCondor that existed before the local universe to one that includes the local universe, but without utilizing the newer, provided configuration files.

LOCAL_UNIV_EXECUTE
A string value specifying the execute location for local universe jobs. Each running local universe job will receive a uniquely named subdirectory within this directory. If not specified, it defaults to $(SPOOL)/local_univ_execute.

START_SCHEDULER_UNIVERSE
A boolean value that defaults to TotalSchedulerJobsRunning < 200. The condor_schedd uses this macro to determine whether to start a scheduler universe job. At intervals determined by SCHEDD_INTERVAL, the condor_schedd daemon evaluates this macro for each idle scheduler universe job that it has. For each job, if the START_SCHEDULER_UNIVERSE macro is True, then the job's Requirements expression is evaluated. If both conditions are met, then the job is allowed to begin execution.

The following example only allows 10 scheduler universe jobs to execute concurrently. The attribute TotalSchedulerJobsRunning is supplied by condor_schedd's ClassAd:

    START_SCHEDULER_UNIVERSE = TotalSchedulerJobsRunning < 10

SCHEDD_USES_STARTD_FOR_LOCAL_UNIVERSE
A boolean value that defaults to false. When true, the condor_schedd will spawn a special startd process to run local universe jobs. This allows local universe jobs to run with both a condor_shadow and a condor_starter, which means that file transfer will work with local universe jobs.

MAX_JOBS_RUNNING
An integer representing a limit on the number of processes spawned by a given condor_schedd daemon, for all job universes except the grid universe. The number of processes limit includes condor_shadow processes, scheduler universe processes, including condor_dagman, and local universe condor_starter processes. Limiting the number of running scheduler and local universe jobs below the upper limit set by MAX_JOBS_RUNNING is best done using START_LOCAL_UNIVERSE and START_SCHEDULER_UNIVERSE. The actual number of allowed condor_shadow daemons may be reduced, if the amount of memory defined by RESERVED_SWAP limits the number of condor_shadow daemons. A value for MAX_JOBS_RUNNING that is less than or equal to 0 prevents any new job from starting. Changing this setting to be below the current number of jobs that are running will cause running jobs to be aborted until the number running is within the limit.

Like all integer configuration variables, MAX_JOBS_RUNNING may be a ClassAd expression that evaluates to an integer, and which refers to constants either directly or via macro substitution. The default value is an expression that depends on the total amount of memory and the operating system. The default expression requires 1MByte of RAM per running job on the submit machine. In some environments and configurations, this is overly generous and can be cut by as much as 50%. On Windows platforms, the number of running jobs is still capped at 200. A 64-bit version of Windows is recommended in order to raise the value above the default. Under Unix, the maximum default is now 10,000. To scale higher, we recommend that the system ephemeral port range is extended such that there are at least 2.1 ports per running job.

Here are example configurations:

## Example 1:
MAX_JOBS_RUNNING	= 10000

## Example 2:
## This is more complicated, but it produces the same limit as the default.
## First define some expressions to use in our calculation.
## Assume we can use up to 80% of memory and estimate shadow private data
## size of 800k.
MAX_SHADOWS_MEM	= ceiling($(DETECTED_MEMORY)*0.8*1024/800)
## Assume we can use ~21,000 ephemeral ports (avg ~2.1 per shadow).
## Under Linux, the range is set in /proc/sys/net/ipv4/ip_local_port_range.
MAX_SHADOWS_PORTS	= 10000
## Under windows, things are much less scalable, currently.
## Note that this can probably be safely increased a bit under 64-bit windows.
MAX_SHADOWS_OPSYS	= ifThenElse(regexp("WIN.*","$(OPSYS)"),200,100000)
## Now build up the expression for MAX_JOBS_RUNNING.  This is complicated
## due to lack of a min() function.
MAX_JOBS_RUNNING	= $(MAX_SHADOWS_MEM)
MAX_JOBS_RUNNING	= \
  ifThenElse( $(MAX_SHADOWS_PORTS) < $(MAX_JOBS_RUNNING), \
              $(MAX_SHADOWS_PORTS), \
              $(MAX_JOBS_RUNNING) )
MAX_JOBS_RUNNING	= \
  ifThenElse( $(MAX_SHADOWS_OPSYS) < $(MAX_JOBS_RUNNING), \
              $(MAX_SHADOWS_OPSYS), \
              $(MAX_JOBS_RUNNING) )

MAX_JOBS_SUBMITTED
This integer value limits the number of jobs permitted in a condor_schedd daemon's queue. Submission of a new cluster of jobs fails, if the total number of jobs would exceed this limit. The default value for this variable is the largest positive integer value.

MAX_SHADOW_EXCEPTIONS
This macro controls the maximum number of times that condor_shadow processes can have a fatal error (exception) before the condor_schedd will relinquish the match associated with the dying shadow. Defaults to 5.

MAX_PENDING_STARTD_CONTACTS
An integer value that limits the number of simultaneous connection attempts by the condor_schedd when it is requesting claims from one or more condor_startd daemons. The intention is to protect the condor_schedd from being overloaded by authentication operations. The default value is 0. The special value 0 indicates no limit.

MAX_CONCURRENT_DOWNLOADS
This specifies the maximum number of simultaneous transfers of output files from execute machines to the submit machine. The limit applies to all jobs submitted from the same condor_schedd. The default is 10. A setting of 0 means unlimited transfers. This limit currently does not apply to grid universe jobs or standard universe jobs, and it also does not apply to streaming output files. When the limit is reached, additional transfers will queue up and wait before proceeding.

MAX_CONCURRENT_UPLOADS
This specifies the maximum number of simultaneous transfers of input files from the submit machine to execute machines. The limit applies to all jobs submitted from the same condor_schedd. The default is 10. A setting of 0 means unlimited transfers. This limit currently does not apply to grid universe jobs or standard universe jobs. When the limit is reached, additional transfers will queue up and wait before proceeding.

FILE_TRANSFER_DISK_LOAD_THROTTLE
This configures throttling of file transfers based on the disk load generated by file transfers. The maximum number of concurrent file transfers is specified by MAX_CONCURRENT_UPLOADS and MAX_CONCURRENT_DOWNLOADS . Throttling will dynamically reduce the level of concurrency further to attempt to prevent disk load from exceeding the specified level. Disk load is computed as the average number of file transfer processes conducting read/write operations at the same time. The throttle may be specified as a single floating point number or as a range. Syntax for the range is the smaller number followed by 1 or more spaces or tabs, the string "to", 1 or more spaces or tabs, and then the larger number. Example:
  FILE_TRANSFER_DISK_LOAD_THROTTLE = 5 to 6.5
If only a single number is provided, this serves as the upper limit, and the lower limit is set to 90% of the upper limit. When the disk load is above the upper limit, no new transfers will be started. When between the lower and upper limits, new transfers will only be started to replace ones that finish. There is no default value if this variable is not defined.

FILE_TRANSFER_DISK_LOAD_THROTTLE_WAIT_BETWEEN_INCREMENTS
This rarely configured variable sets the waiting period between increments to the concurrency level set by FILE_TRANSFER_DISK_LOAD_THROTTLE. The default is 1 minute. A value that is too short risks starting too many transfers before their effect on the disk load becomes apparent.

FILE_TRANSFER_DISK_LOAD_THROTTLE_SHORT_HORIZON
This rarely configured variable specifies the string name of the short monitoring time span to use for throttling. The named time span must exist in TRANSFER_IO_REPORT_TIMESPANS . The default is 1m, which is 1 minute.

FILE_TRANSFER_DISK_LOAD_THROTTLE_LONG_HORIZON
This rarely configured variable specifies the string name of the long monitoring time span to use for throttling. The named time span must exist in TRANSFER_IO_REPORT_TIMESPANS . The default is 5m, which is 5 minutes.

TRANSFER_QUEUE_USER_EXPR
This rarely configured expression specifies the user name to be used for scheduling purposes in the file transfer queue. The scheduler attempts to give equal weight to each user when there are multiple jobs waiting to transfer files within the limits set by MAX_CONCURRENT_UPLOADS and/or MAX_CONCURRENT_DOWNLOADS . When choosing a new job to allow to transfer, the first job belonging to the transfer queue user who has least number of active transfers will be selected. In case of a tie, the user who has least recently been given an opportunity to start a transfer will be selected. By default, a transfer queue user is identified as the job owner. A different user name may be specified by configuring TRANSFER_QUEUE_USER_EXPR to a string expression that is evaluated in the context of the job ad. For example, if this expression were set to a name that is the same for all jobs, file transfers would be scheduled in first-in-first-out order rather than equal share order. Note that the string produced by this expression is used as a prefix in the ClassAd attributes for per-user file transfer I/O statistics that are published in the condor_schedd ClassAd.

MAX_TRANSFER_INPUT_MB
This integer expression specifies the maximum allowed total size in Mbytes of the input files that are transferred for a job. This expression does not apply to grid universe, standard universe, or files transferred via file transfer plug-ins. The expression may refer to attributes of the job. The special value -1 indicates no limit. The default value is -1. The job may override the system setting by specifying its own limit using the MaxTransferInputMB attribute. If the observed size of all input files at submit time is larger than the limit, the job will be immediately placed on hold with a HoldReasonCode value of 32. If the job passes this initial test, but the size of the input files increases or the limit decreases so that the limit is violated, the job will be placed on hold at the time when the file transfer is attempted.

MAX_TRANSFER_OUTPUT_MB
This integer expression specifies the maximum allowed total size in Mbytes of the output files that are transferred for a job. This expression does not apply to grid universe, standard universe, or files transferred via file transfer plug-ins. The expression may refer to attributes of the job. The special value -1 indicates no limit. The default value is -1. The job may override the system setting by specifying its own limit using the MaxTransferOutputMB attribute. If the total size of the job's output files to be transferred is larger than the limit, the job will be placed on hold with a HoldReasonCode value of 33. The output will be transferred up to the point when the limit is hit, so some files may be fully transferred, some partially, and some not at all.

MAX_TRANSFER_QUEUE_AGE
The number of seconds after which an aged and queued transfer may be dequeued from the transfer queue, as it is presumably hung. Defaults to 7200 seconds, which is 120 minutes.

TRANSFER_IO_REPORT_INTERVAL
The sampling interval in seconds for collecting I/O statistics for file transfer. The default is 10 seconds. To provide sufficient resolution, the sampling interval should be small compared to the smallest time span that is configured in TRANSFER_IO_REPORT_TIMESPANS. The shorter the sampling interval, the more overhead of data collection, which may slow down the condor_schedd. See page [*] for a description of the published attributes.

TRANSFER_IO_REPORT_TIMESPANS
A string that specifies a list of time spans over which I/O statistics are reported, using exponential moving averages (like the 1m, 5m, and 15m load averages in Unix). Each entry in the list consists of a label followed by a colon followed by the number of seconds over which the named time span should extend. The default is 1m:60 5m:300 1h:3600 1d:86400. To provide sufficient resolution, the smallest reported time span should be large compared to the sampling interval, which is configured by TRANSFER_IO_REPORT_INTERVAL. See page [*] for a description of the published attributes.

SCHEDD_QUERY_WORKERS
This specifies the maximum number of concurrent sub-processes that the condor_schedd will spawn to handle queries. The setting is ignored in Windows. In Unix, the default is 3. If the limit is reached, the next query will be handled in the condor_schedd's main process.

SCHEDD_INTERVAL
This macro determines the maximum interval for both how often the condor_schedd sends a ClassAd update to the condor_collector and how often the condor_schedd daemon evaluates jobs. It is defined in terms of seconds and defaults to 300 (every 5 minutes).

WINDOWED_STAT_WIDTH
The number of seconds that forms a time window within which performance statistics of the condor_schedd daemon are calculated. Defaults to 300 seconds.

SCHEDD_INTERVAL_TIMESLICE
The bookkeeping done by the condor_schedd takes more time when there are large numbers of jobs in the job queue. However, when it is not too expensive to do this bookkeeping, it is best to keep the collector up to date with the latest state of the job queue. Therefore, this macro is used to adjust the bookkeeping interval so that it is done more frequently when the cost of doing so is relatively small, and less frequently when the cost is high. The default is 0.05, which means the schedd will adapt its bookkeeping interval to consume no more than 5% of the total time available to the schedd. The lower bound is configured by SCHEDD_MIN_INTERVAL (default 5 seconds), and the upper bound is configured by SCHEDD_INTERVAL (default 300 seconds).

JOB_START_COUNT
This macro works together with the JOB_START_DELAY macro to throttle job starts. The default and minimum values for this integer configuration variable are both 1.

JOB_START_DELAY
This integer-valued macro works together with the JOB_START_COUNT macro to throttle job starts. The condor_schedd daemon starts $(JOB_START_COUNT) jobs at a time, then delays for $(JOB_START_DELAY) seconds before starting the next set of jobs. This delay prevents a sudden, large load on resources required by the jobs during their start up phase. The resulting job start rate averages as fast as ($(JOB_START_COUNT)/$(JOB_START_DELAY)) jobs/second. This setting is defined in terms of seconds and defaults to 0, which means jobs will be started as fast as possible. If you wish to throttle the rate of specific types of jobs, you can use the job attribute NextJobStartDelay.

MAX_NEXT_JOB_START_DELAY
An integer number of seconds representing the maximum allowed value of the job ClassAd attribute NextJobStartDelay. It defaults to 600, which is 10 minutes.

JOB_STOP_COUNT
An integer value representing the number of jobs operated on at one time by the condor_schedd daemon, when throttling the rate at which jobs are stopped via condor_rm, condor_hold, or condor_vacate_job. The default and minimum values are both 1. This variable is ignored for grid and scheduler universe jobs.

JOB_STOP_DELAY
An integer value representing the number of seconds delay utilized by the condor_schedd daemon, when throttling the rate at which jobs are stopped via condor_rm, condor_hold, or condor_vacate_job. The condor_schedd daemon stops $(JOB_STOP_COUNT) jobs at a time, then delays for $(JOB_STOP_DELAY) seconds before stopping the next set of jobs. This delay prevents a sudden, large load on resources required by the jobs when they are terminating. The resulting job stop rate averages as fast as JOB_STOP_COUNT/JOB_STOP_DELAY jobs per second. This configuration variable is also used during the graceful shutdown of the condor_schedd daemon. During graceful shutdown, this macro determines the wait time in between requesting each condor_shadow daemon to gracefully shut down. The default value is 0, which means jobs will be stopped as fast as possible. This variable is ignored for grid and scheduler universe jobs.

JOB_IS_FINISHED_INTERVAL
The condor_schedd maintains a list of jobs that are ready to permanently leave the job queue, e.g. they have completed or been removed. This integer-valued macro specifies a delay in seconds to place between the taking jobs permanently out of the queue. The default value is 0, which tells the condor_schedd to not impose any delay.

ALIVE_INTERVAL
An initial value for an integer number of seconds defining how often the condor_schedd sends a UDP keep alive message to any condor_startd it has claimed. When the condor_schedd claims a condor_startd, the condor_schedd tells the condor_startd how often it is going to send these messages. The utilized interval for sending keep alive messages is the smallest of the two values ALIVE_INTERVAL and the expression JobLeaseDuration/3, formed with the job ClassAd attribute JobLeaseDuration. The value of the interval is further constrained by the floor value of 10 seconds. If the condor_startd does not receive any of these keep alive messages during a certain period of time (defined via MAX_CLAIM_ALIVES_MISSED , described on page [*]) the condor_startd releases the claim, and the condor_schedd no longer pays for the resource (in terms of user priority in the system). The macro is defined in terms of seconds and defaults to 300, which is 5 minutes.

STARTD_SENDS_ALIVES
A boolean value that defaults to True, causing keep alive messages to be sent from the condor_startd to the condor_schedd by TCP during a claim. When False, the condor_schedd daemon sends keep alive signals to the condor_startd, reversing the direction. If both condor_startd and condor_schedd daemons are HTCondor version 7.5.4 or more recent, this variable is only used by the condor_schedd daemon. For earlier HTCondor versions, the variable must be set to the same value, and it must be set for both daemons.

REQUEST_CLAIM_TIMEOUT
This macro sets the time (in seconds) that the condor_schedd will wait for a claim to be granted by the condor_startd. The default is 30 minutes. This is only likely to matter if NEGOTIATOR_CONSIDER_EARLY_PREEMPTION is True, and the condor_startd has an existing claim, and it takes a long time for the existing claim to be preempted due to MaxJobRetirementTime. Once a request times out, the condor_schedd will simply begin the process of finding a machine for the job all over again.

Normally, it is not a good idea to set this to be very small, where a small value is a few minutes. Doing so can lead to failure to preempt, because the preempting job will spend a significant fraction of its time waiting to be re-matched. During that time, it would miss out on any opportunity to run if the job it is trying to preempt gets out of the way.

SHADOW_SIZE_ESTIMATE
The estimated private virtual memory size of each condor_shadow process in Kbytes. This value is only used if RESERVED_SWAP is non-zero. The default value is 800.

SHADOW_RENICE_INCREMENT
When the condor_schedd spawns a new condor_shadow, it can do so with a nice-level. A nice-level is a Unix mechanism that allows users to assign their own processes a lower priority so that the processes run with less priority than other tasks on the machine. The value can be any integer between 0 and 19, with a value of 19 being the lowest priority. It defaults to 0.

SCHED_UNIV_RENICE_INCREMENT
Analogous to JOB_RENICE_INCREMENT and SHADOW_RENICE_INCREMENT, scheduler universe jobs can be given a nice-level. The value can be any integer between 0 and 19, with a value of 19 being the lowest priority. It defaults to 0.

QUEUE_CLEAN_INTERVAL
The condor_schedd maintains the job queue on a given machine. It does so in a persistent way such that if the condor_schedd crashes, it can recover a valid state of the job queue. The mechanism it uses is a transaction-based log file (the job_queue.log file, not the SchedLog file). This file contains an initial state of the job queue, and a series of transactions that were performed on the queue (such as new jobs submitted, jobs completing, and checkpointing). Periodically, the condor_schedd will go through this log, truncate all the transactions and create a new file with containing only the new initial state of the log. This is a somewhat expensive operation, but it speeds up when the condor_schedd restarts since there are fewer transactions it has to play to figure out what state the job queue is really in. This macro determines how often the condor_schedd should rework this queue to cleaning it up. It is defined in terms of seconds and defaults to 86400 (once a day).

WALL_CLOCK_CKPT_INTERVAL
The job queue contains a counter for each job's ``wall clock'' run time, i.e., how long each job has executed so far. This counter is displayed by condor_q. The counter is updated when the job is evicted or when the job completes. When the condor_schedd crashes, the run time for jobs that are currently running will not be added to the counter (and so, the run time counter may become smaller than the CPU time counter). The condor_schedd saves run time ``checkpoints'' periodically for running jobs so if the condor_schedd crashes, only run time since the last checkpoint is lost. This macro controls how often the condor_schedd saves run time checkpoints. It is defined in terms of seconds and defaults to 3600 (one hour). A value of 0 will disable wall clock checkpoints.

QUEUE_ALL_USERS_TRUSTED
Defaults to False. If set to True, then unauthenticated users are allowed to write to the queue, and also we always trust whatever the Owner value is set to be by the client in the job ad. This was added so users can continue to use the SOAP web-services interface over HTTP (w/o authenticating) to submit jobs in a secure, controlled environment - for instance, in a portal setting.

QUEUE_SUPER_USERS
A comma and/or space separated list of user names on a given machine that are given super-user access to the job queue, meaning that they can modify or delete the job ClassAds of other users. When not on this list, users can only modify or delete their own ClassAds from the job queue. Whatever user name corresponds with the UID that HTCondor is running as - usually user condor - will automatically be included in this list, because that is needed for HTCondor's proper functioning. See section 3.6.13 on UIDs in HTCondor for more details on this. By default, the Unix user root and the Windows user administrator are given the ability to remove other user's jobs, in addition to user condor. In addition to a single user, Unix user groups may be specified by using a special syntax defined for this configuration variable; the syntax is the percent character (%) followed by the user group name. All members of the user group are given super-user access.

QUEUE_SUPER_USER_MAY_IMPERSONATE
A regular expression that matches the user names (that is, job owner names) that the queue super user may impersonate when managing jobs. When not set, the default behavior is to allow impersonation of any user who has had a job in the queue during the life of the condor_schedd. For proper functioning of the condor_shadow, the condor_gridmanager, and the condor_job_router, this expression, if set, must match the owner names of all jobs that these daemons will manage. Note that a regular expression that matches only part of the user name is still considered a match. If acceptance of partial matches is not desired, the regular expression should begin with ^ and end with $.

SYSTEM_JOB_MACHINE_ATTRS
This macro specifies a space and/or comma separated list of machine attributes that should be recorded in the job ClassAd. The default attributes are Cpus and SlotWeight. When there are multiple run attempts, history of machine attributes from previous run attempts may be kept. The number of run attempts to store is specified by the configuration variable SYSTEM_JOB_MACHINE_ATTRS_HISTORY_LENGTH . A machine attribute named X will be inserted into the job ClassAd as an attribute named MachineAttrX0. The previous value of this attribute will be named MachineAttrX1, the previous to that will be named MachineAttrX2, and so on, up to the specified history length. A history of length 1 means that only MachineAttrX0 will be recorded. Additional attributes to record may be specified on a per-job basis by using the job_machine_attrs submit file command. The value recorded in the job ClassAd is the evaluation of the machine attribute in the context of the job ClassAd when the condor_schedd daemon initiates the start up of the job. If the evaluation results in an Undefined or Error result, the value recorded in the job ClassAd will be Undefined or Error respectively.

SYSTEM_JOB_MACHINE_ATTRS_HISTORY_LENGTH
The integer number of run attempts to store in the job ClassAd when recording the values of machine attributes listed in SYSTEM_JOB_MACHINE_ATTRS . The default is 1. The history length may also be extended on a per-job basis by using the submit file command job_machine_attrs_history_length. The larger of the system and per-job history lengths will be used. A history length of 0 disables recording of machine attributes.

SCHEDD_LOCK
This macro specifies what lock file should be used for access to the SchedLog file. It must be a separate file from the SchedLog, since the SchedLog may be rotated and synchronization across log file rotations is desired. This macro is defined relative to the $(LOCK) macro.

SCHEDD_NAME
Used to give an alternative value to the Name attribute in the condor_schedd's ClassAd.

See the description of MASTER_NAME in section 3.3.9 on page [*] for defaults and composition of valid HTCondor daemon names. Also, note that if the MASTER_NAME setting is defined for the condor_master that spawned a given condor_schedd, that name will take precedence over whatever is defined in SCHEDD_NAME.

SCHEDD_ATTRS
This macro is described in section 3.3.5 as <SUBSYS>_ATTRS.

SCHEDD_DEBUG
This macro (and other settings related to debug logging in the condor_schedd) is described in section 3.3.4 as <SUBSYS>_DEBUG.

SCHEDD_ADDRESS_FILE
This macro is described in section 3.3.5 as <SUBSYS>_ADDRESS_FILE.

SCHEDD_EXECUTE
A directory to use as a temporary sandbox for local universe jobs. Defaults to $(SPOOL)/execute.

FLOCK_NEGOTIATOR_HOSTS
Defines a comma and/or space separated list of condor_negotiator host names for pools in which the condor_schedd should attempt to run jobs. If not set, the condor_schedd will query the condor_collector daemons for the addresses of the condor_negotiator daemons. If set, then the condor_negotiator daemons must be specified in order, corresponding to the list set by FLOCK_COLLECTOR_HOSTS. In the typical case, where each pool has the condor_collector and condor_negotiator running on the same machine, $(FLOCK_NEGOTIATOR_HOSTS) should have the same definition as $(FLOCK_COLLECTOR_HOSTS). This configuration value is also typically used as a macro for adding the condor_negotiator to the relevant authorization lists.

FLOCK_COLLECTOR_HOSTS
This macro defines a list of collector host names (not including the local $(COLLECTOR_HOST) machine) for pools in which the condor_schedd should attempt to run jobs. Hosts in the list should be in order of preference. The condor_schedd will only send a request to a central manager in the list if the local pool and pools earlier in the list are not satisfying all the job requests. $(HOSTALLOW_NEGOTIATOR_SCHEDD) (see section 3.3.5) must also be configured to allow negotiators from all of the pools to contact the condor_schedd at the NEGOTIATOR authorization level. Similarly, the central managers of the remote pools must be configured to allow this condor_schedd to join the pool (this requires ADVERTISE_SCHEDD authorization level, which defaults to WRITE).

FLOCK_INCREMENT
This integer value controls how quickly flocking to various pools will occur. It defaults to 1, meaning that pools will be considered for flocking slowly. The first condor_collector daemon listed in FLOCK_COLLECTOR_HOSTS will be considered for flocking, and then the second, and so on. A larger value increases the number of condor_collector daemons to be considered for flocking. For example, a value of 2 will partition the FLOCK_COLLECTOR_HOSTS into sets of 2 condor_collector daemons, and each set will be considered for flocking.

NEGOTIATE_ALL_JOBS_IN_CLUSTER
If this macro is set to False (the default), when the condor_schedd fails to start an idle job, it will not try to start any other idle jobs in the same cluster during that negotiation cycle. This makes negotiation much more efficient for large job clusters. However, in some cases other jobs in the cluster can be started even though an earlier job can't. For example, the jobs' requirements may differ, because of different disk space, memory, or operating system requirements. Or, machines may be willing to run only some jobs in the cluster, because their requirements reference the jobs' virtual memory size or other attribute. Setting this macro to True will force the condor_schedd to try to start all idle jobs in each negotiation cycle. This will make negotiation cycles last longer, but it will ensure that all jobs that can be started will be started.

PERIODIC_EXPR_INTERVAL
This macro determines the minimum period, in seconds, between evaluation of periodic job control expressions, such as periodic_hold, periodic_release, and periodic_remove, given by the user in an HTCondor submit file. By default, this value is 60 seconds. A value of 0 prevents the condor_schedd from performing the periodic evaluations.

MAX_PERIODIC_EXPR_INTERVAL
This macro determines the maximum period, in seconds, between evaluation of periodic job control expressions, such as periodic_hold, periodic_release, and periodic_remove, given by the user in an HTCondor submit file. By default, this value is 1200 seconds. If HTCondor is behind on processing events, the actual period between evaluations may be higher than specified.

PERIODIC_EXPR_TIMESLICE
This macro is used to adapt the frequency with which the condor_schedd evaluates periodic job control expressions. When the job queue is very large, the cost of evaluating all of the ClassAds is high, so in order for the condor_schedd to continue to perform well, it makes sense to evaluate these expressions less frequently. The default time slice is 0.01, so the condor_schedd will set the interval between evaluations so that it spends only 1% of its time in this activity. The lower bound for the interval is configured by PERIODIC_EXPR_INTERVAL (default 60 seconds) and the upper bound is configured with MAX_PERIODIC_EXPR_INTERVAL (default 1200 seconds).

SYSTEM_PERIODIC_HOLD
This expression behaves identically to the job expression periodic_hold, but it is evaluated by the condor_schedd daemon individually for each job in the queue. It defaults to False. When True, it causes the job to stop running and go on hold. Here is an example that puts jobs on hold if they have been restarted too many times, have an unreasonably large virtual memory ImageSize, or have unreasonably large disk usage for an invented environment.

SYSTEM_PERIODIC_HOLD = \
  (JobStatus == 1 || JobStatus == 2) && \
  (JobRunCount > 10 || ImageSize > 3000000 || DiskUsage > 10000000)

SYSTEM_PERIODIC_HOLD_REASON
This string expression is evaluated when the job is placed on hold due to SYSTEM_PERIODIC_HOLD evaluating to True. If it evaluates to a non-empty string, this value is used to set the job attribute HoldReason. Otherwise, a default description is used.

SYSTEM_PERIODIC_HOLD_SUBCODE
This integer expression is evaluated when the job is placed on hold due to SYSTEM_PERIODIC_HOLD evaluating to True. If it evaluates to a valid integer, this value is used to set the job attribute HoldReasonSubCode. Otherwise, a default of 0 is used. The attribute HoldReasonCode is set to 26, which indicates that the job went on hold due to a system job policy expression.

SYSTEM_PERIODIC_RELEASE
This expression behaves identically to a job's definition of a periodic_release expression in a submit description file, but it is evaluated by the condor_schedd daemon individually for each job in the queue. It defaults to False. When True, it causes a Held job to return to the Idle state. Here is an example that releases jobs from hold if they have tried to run less than 20 times, have most recently been on hold for over 20 minutes, and have gone on hold due to Connection timed out when trying to execute the job, because the file system containing the job's executable is temporarily unavailable.

SYSTEM_PERIODIC_RELEASE = \
  (JobRunCount < 20 && (time() - EnteredCurrentStatus) > 1200 ) &&  \
    (HoldReasonCode == 6 && HoldReasonSubCode == 110)

SYSTEM_PERIODIC_REMOVE
This expression behaves identically to the job expression periodic_remove, but it is evaluated for every job in the queue. As it is in the configuration file, it is easy for an administrator to set a remove policy that applies to all jobs. It defaults to False. When True, it causes the job to be removed from the queue. Here is an example that removes jobs which have been on hold for 30 days:

SYSTEM_PERIODIC_REMOVE = \
  (JobStatus == 5 && time() - EnteredCurrentStatus > 3600*24*30)

SCHEDD_ASSUME_NEGOTIATOR_GONE
This macro determines the period, in seconds, that the condor_schedd will wait for the condor_negotiator to initiate a negotiation cycle before the schedd will simply try to claim any local condor_startd. This allows for a machine that is acting as both a submit and execute node to run jobs locally if it cannot communicate with the central manager. The default value, if not specified, is 1200 (20 minutes).

GRACEFULLY_REMOVE_JOBS
A boolean value that causes jobs to be gracefully removed when the default value of True. A submit description file command want_graceful_removal overrides the value set for this configuration variable.

SCHEDD_ROUND_ATTR_<xxxx>
This is used to round off attributes in the job ClassAd so that similar jobs may be grouped together for negotiation purposes. There are two cases. One is that a percentage such as 25% is specified. In this case, the value of the attribute named <xxxx>\ in the job ClassAd will be rounded up to the next multiple of the specified percentage of the values order of magnitude. For example, a setting of 25% will cause a value near 100 to be rounded up to the next multiple of 25 and a value near 1000 will be rounded up to the next multiple of 250. The other case is that an integer, such as 4, is specified instead of a percentage. In this case, the job attribute is rounded up to the specified number of decimal places. Replace <xxxx> with the name of the attribute to round, and set this macro equal to the number of decimal places to round up. For example, to round the value of job ClassAd attribute foo up to the nearest 100, set
        SCHEDD_ROUND_ATTR_foo = 2
When the schedd rounds up an attribute value, it will save the raw (un-rounded) actual value in an attribute with the same name appended with ``_RAW". So in the above example, the raw value will be stored in attribute foo_RAW in the job ClassAd. The following are set by default:
        SCHEDD_ROUND_ATTR_ImageSize = 25%
        SCHEDD_ROUND_ATTR_ResidentSetSize = 25%
        SCHEDD_ROUND_ATTR_ProportionalSetSizeKb = 25%
        SCHEDD_ROUND_ATTR_ImageSize = 25%
        SCHEDD_ROUND_ATTR_ExecutableSize = 25%
        SCHEDD_ROUND_ATTR_DiskUsage = 25%
        SCHEDD_ROUND_ATTR_NumCkpts = 4
Thus, an ImageSize near 100MB will be rounded up to the next multiple of 25MB. If your batch slots have less memory or disk than the rounded values, it may be necessary to reduce the amount of rounding, because the job requirements will not be met.

SCHEDD_BACKUP_SPOOL
A boolean value that, when True, causes the condor_schedd to make a backup of the job queue as it starts. When True, the condor_schedd creates a host-specific backup of the current spool file to the spool directory. This backup file will be overwritten each time the condor_schedd starts. Defaults to False.

SCHEDD_PREEMPTION_REQUIREMENTS
This boolean expression is utilized only for machines allocated by a dedicated scheduler. When True, a machine becomes a candidate for job preemption. This configuration variable has no default; when not defined, preemption will never be considered.

SCHEDD_PREEMPTION_RANK
This floating point value is utilized only for machines allocated by a dedicated scheduler. It is evaluated in context of a job ClassAd, and it represents a machine's preference for running a job. This configuration variable has no default; when not defined, preemption will never be considered.

ParallelSchedulingGroup
For parallel jobs which must be assigned within a group of machines (and not cross group boundaries), this configuration variable is a string which identifies a group of which this machine is a member. Each machine within a group sets this configuration variable with a string that identifies the group.

PER_JOB_HISTORY_DIR
If set to a directory writable by the HTCondor user, when a job leaves the condor_schedd's queue, a copy of the job's ClassAd will be written in that directory. The files are named history, with the job's cluster and process number appended. For example, job 35.2 will result in a file named history.35.2. HTCondor does not rotate or delete the files, so without an external entity to clean the directory, it can grow very large. This option defaults to being unset. When not set, no files are written.

DEDICATED_SCHEDULER_USE_FIFO
When this parameter is set to true (the default), parallel universe jobs will be scheduled in a first-in, first-out manner. When set to false, parallel jobs are scheduled using a best-fit algorithm. Using the best-fit algorithm is not recommended, as it can cause starvation.

DEDICATED_SCHEDULER_WAIT_FOR_SPOOLER
A boolean value that when True, causes the dedicated scheduler to schedule parallel universe jobs in a very strict first-in, first-out manner. When the default value of False, parallel jobs that are being remotely submitted to a scheduler and are on hold, waiting for spooled input files to arrive at the scheduler, will not block jobs that arrived later, but whose input files have finished spooling. When True, jobs with larger cluster IDs, but that are in the Idle state will not be scheduled to run until all earlier jobs have finished spooling in their input files and have been scheduled.

DEDICATED_SCHEDULER_DELAY_FACTOR
Limits the cpu usage of the dedicated scheduler within the condor_schedd. The default value of 5 is the ratio of time spent not in the dedicated scheduler to the time scheduling parallel jobs. Therefore, the default caps the time spent in the dedicated scheduler to 20%.

SCHEDD_SEND_VACATE_VIA_TCP
A boolean value that defaults to False. When True, the condor_schedd daemon sends vacate signals via TCP, instead of the default UDP.

SCHEDD_CLUSTER_INITIAL_VALUE
An integer that specifies the initial cluster number value to use within a job id when a job is first submitted. If the job cluster number reaches the value set by SCHEDD_CLUSTER_MAXIMUM_VALUE and wraps, it will be re-set to the value given by this variable. The default value is 1.

SCHEDD_CLUSTER_INCREMENT_VALUE
A positive integer that defaults to 1, representing a stride used for the assignment of cluster numbers within a job id. When a job is submitted, the job will be assigned a job id. The cluster number of the job id will be equal to the previous cluster number used plus the value of this variable.

SCHEDD_CLUSTER_MAXIMUM_VALUE
An integer that specifies an upper bound on assigned job cluster id values. For value $M$, the maximum job cluster id assigned to any job will be $M-1$. When the maximum id is reached, cluster ids will continue assignment using SCHEDD_CLUSTER_INITIAL_VALUE. The default value of this variable is zero, which represents the behavior of having no maximum cluster id value.

Note that HTCondor does not check for nor take responsibility for duplicate cluster ids for queued jobs. If SCHEDD_CLUSTER_MAXIMUM_VALUE is set to a non-zero value, the system administrator is responsible for ensuring that older jobs do not stay in the queue long enough for cluster ids of new jobs to wrap around and reuse the same id. With a low enough value, it is possible for jobs to be erroneously assigned duplicate cluster ids, which will result in a corrupt job queue.

GRIDMANAGER_SELECTION_EXPR
By default, the condor_schedd daemon will start a new condor_gridmanager process for each discrete user that submits a grid universe job, that is, for each discrete value of job attribute Owner across all grid universe job ClassAds. For additional isolation and/or scalability of grid job management, additional condor_gridmanager processes can be spawned to share the load; to do so, set this variable to be a ClassAd expression. The result of the evaluation of this expression in the context of a grid universe job ClassAd will be treated as a hash value. All jobs that hash to the same value via this expression will go to the same condor_gridmanager. For instance, to spawn a separate condor_gridmanager process to manage each unique remote site, the following expression works:
  GRIDMANAGER_SELECTION_EXPR = GridResource

CKPT_SERVER_CLIENT_TIMEOUT
An integer which specifies how long in seconds the condor_schedd is willing to wait for a response from a checkpoint server before declaring the checkpoint server down. The value of 0 makes the schedd block for the operating system configured time (which could be a very long time) before the connect() returns on its own with a connection timeout. The default value is 20.

CKPT_SERVER_CLIENT_TIMEOUT_RETRY
An integer which specifies how long in seconds the condor_schedd will ignore a checkpoint server that is deemed to be down. After this time elapses, the condor_schedd will try again in talking to the checkpoint server. The default is 1200.

SCHEDD_JOB_QUEUE_LOG_FLUSH_DELAY
An integer which specifies an upper bound in seconds on how long it takes for changes to the job ClassAd to be visible to the HTCondor Job Router. The default is 5 seconds.

ROTATE_HISTORY_DAILY
A boolean value that defaults to False. When True, the history file will be rotated daily, in addition to the rotations that occur due to the definition of MAX_HISTORY_LOG that rotate due to size.

ROTATE_HISTORY_MONTHLY
A boolean value that defaults to False. When True, the history file will be rotated monthly, in addition to the rotations that occur due to the definition of MAX_HISTORY_LOG that rotate due to size.

SCHEDD_COLLECT_STATS_FOR_<Name>
A boolean expression that when True creates a set of condor_schedd ClassAd attributes of statistics collected for a particular set. These attributes are named using the prefix of <Name>. The set includes each entity for which this expression is True. As an example, assume that condor_schedd statistics attributes are to be created for only user Einstein's jobs. Defining
  SCHEDD_COLLECT_STATS_FOR_Einstein = (Owner=="einstein")
causes the creation of the set of statistics attributes with names such as EinsteinJobsCompleted and EinsteinJobsCoredumped.

SCHEDD_COLLECT_STATS_BY_<Name>
Defines a string expression. The evaluated string is used in the naming of a set of condor_schedd statistics ClassAd attributes. The naming begins with <Name>, an underscore character, and the evaluated string. Each character not permitted in an attribute name will be converted to the underscore character. For example,
  SCHEDD_COLLECT_STATS_BY_Host = splitSlotName(RemoteHost)[1]
a set of statistics attributes will be created and kept. If the string expression were to evaluate to "storm.04.cs.wisc.edu", the names of two of these attributes will be Host_storm_04_cs_wisc_edu_JobsCompleted and Host_storm_04_cs_wisc_edu_JobsCoredumped.

SCHEDD_EXPIRE_STATS_BY_<Name>
The number of seconds after which the condor_schedd daemon will stop collecting and discard the statistics for a subset identified by <Name>, if no event has occurred to cause any counter or statistic for the subset to be updated. If this variable is not defined for a particular <Name>, then the default value will be 60*60*24*7, which is one week's time.

SIGNIFICANT_ATTRIBUTES
A comma and/or space separated list of job ClassAd attributes that are to be added to the list of attributes for determining the sets of jobs considered as a unit (an auto cluster) in negotiation, when auto clustering is enabled.

SCHEDD_AUDIT_LOG
The path and file name of the condor_schedd log that records user-initiated commands that modify the job queue. If not defined, there will be no condor_schedd audit log.

MAX_SCHEDD_AUDIT_LOG
Controls the maximum amount of time that a log will be allowed to grow. When it is time to rotate a log file, it will be saved to a file with an ISO timestamp suffix. The oldest rotated file receives the file name suffix .old. The .old files are overwritten each time the maximum number of rotated files (determined by the value of MAX_NUM_SCHEDD_AUDIT_LOG) is exceeded. A value of 0 specifies that the file may grow without bounds. The following suffixes may be used to qualify the integer:
Sec for seconds
Min for minutes
Hr for hours
Day for days
Wk for weeks

MAX_NUM_SCHEDD_AUDIT_LOG
The integer that controls the maximum number of rotations that the condor_schedd audit log is allowed to perform, before the oldest one will be rotated away. The default value is 1.

SCHEDD_USE_SLOT_WEIGHT
A boolean that defaults to false that controls whether the condor_schedd should use the SLOT_WEIGHT expression to weight running and idle job counts in the submitter ad.


3.3.12 condor_shadow Configuration File Entries

These settings affect the condor_shadow.

SHADOW_LOCK
This macro specifies the lock file to be used for access to the ShadowLog file. It must be a separate file from the ShadowLog, since the ShadowLog may be rotated and you want to synchronize access across log file rotations. This macro is defined relative to the $(LOCK) macro.

SHADOW_DEBUG
This macro (and other settings related to debug logging in the shadow) is described in section 3.3.4 as <SUBSYS>_DEBUG.

SHADOW_QUEUE_UPDATE_INTERVAL
The amount of time (in seconds) between ClassAd updates that the condor_shadow daemon sends to the condor_schedd daemon. Defaults to 900 (15 minutes).

SHADOW_LAZY_QUEUE_UPDATE
This boolean macro specifies if the condor_shadow should immediately update the job queue for certain attributes (at this time, it only effects the NumJobStarts and NumJobReconnects counters) or if it should wait and only update the job queue on the next periodic update. There is a trade-off between performance and the semantics of these attributes, which is why the behavior is controlled by a configuration macro. If the condor_shadow do not use a lazy update, and immediately ensures the changes to the job attributes are written to the job queue on disk, the semantics for the attributes are very solid (there's only a tiny chance that the counters will be out of sync with reality), but this introduces a potentially large performance and scalability problem for a busy condor_schedd. If the condor_shadow uses a lazy update, there is no additional cost to the condor_schedd, but it means that condor_q will not immediately see the changes to the job attributes, and if the condor_shadow happens to crash or be killed during that time, the attributes are never incremented. Given that the most obvious usage of these counter attributes is for the periodic user policy expressions (which are evaluated directly by the condor_shadow using its own copy of the job's ClassAd, which is immediately updated in either case), and since the additional cost for aggressive updates to a busy condor_schedd could potentially cause major problems, the default is True to do lazy, periodic updates.

SHADOW_WORKLIFE
The integer number of seconds after which the condor_shadow will exit when the current job finishes, instead of fetching a new job to manage. Having the condor_shadow continue managing jobs helps reduce overhead and can allow the condor_schedd to achieve higher job completion rates. The default is 3600, one hour. The value 0 causes condor_shadow to exit after running a single job.

COMPRESS_PERIODIC_CKPT
A boolean value that when True, directs the condor_shadow to instruct applications to compress periodic checkpoints when possible. The default is False.

COMPRESS_VACATE_CKPT
A boolean value that when True, directs the condor_shadow to instruct applications to compress vacate checkpoints when possible. The default is False.

PERIODIC_MEMORY_SYNC
This boolean value specifies whether the condor_shadow should instruct applications to commit dirty memory pages to swap space during a periodic checkpoint. The default is False. This potentially reduces the number of dirty memory pages at vacate time, thereby reducing swapping activity on the remote machine.

SLOW_CKPT_SPEED
This macro specifies the speed at which vacate checkpoints should be written, in kilobytes per second. If zero (the default), vacate checkpoints are written as fast as possible. Writing vacate checkpoints slowly can avoid overwhelming the remote machine with swapping activity.

SHADOW_JOB_CLEANUP_RETRY_DELAY
This integer specifies the number of seconds to wait between tries to commit the final update to the job ClassAd in the condor_schedd's job queue. The default is 30.

SHADOW_MAX_JOB_CLEANUP_RETRIES
This integer specifies the number of times to try committing the final update to the job ClassAd in the condor_schedd's job queue. The default is 5.

SHADOW_CHECKPROXY_INTERVAL
The number of seconds between tests to see if the job proxy has been updated or should be refreshed. The default is 600 seconds (10 minutes). This variable's value should be small in comparison to the refresh interval required to keep delegated credentials from expiring (configured via DELEGATE_JOB_GSI_CREDENTIALS_REFRESH and DELEGATE_JOB_GSI_CREDENTIALS_LIFETIME ). If this variable's value is too small, proxy updates could happen very frequently, potentially creating a lot of load on the submit machine.

SHADOW_RUN_UNKNOWN_USER_JOBS
A boolean that defaults to False. When True, it allows the condor_shadow daemon to run jobs as user nobody when remotely submitted and from users not in the local password file.


3.3.13 condor_starter Configuration File Entries

These settings affect the condor_starter.

EXEC_TRANSFER_ATTEMPTS
Sometimes due to a router misconfiguration, kernel bug, or other network problem, the transfer of the initial checkpoint from the submit machine to the execute machine will fail midway through. This parameter allows a retry of the transfer a certain number of times that must be equal to or greater than 1. If this parameter is not specified, or specified incorrectly, then it will default to three. If the transfer of the initial executable fails every attempt, then the job goes back into the idle state until the next renegotiation cycle.

NOTE: : This parameter does not exist in the NT starter.

JOB_RENICE_INCREMENT
When the condor_starter spawns an HTCondor job, it can do so with a nice-level. A nice-level is a Unix mechanism that allows users to assign their own processes a lower priority, such that these processes do not interfere with interactive use of the machine. For machines with lots of real memory and swap space, such that the only scarce resource is CPU time, use this macro in conjunction with a policy that allows HTCondor to always start jobs on the machines. HTCondor jobs would always run, but interactive response on the machines would never suffer. A user most likely will not notice HTCondor is running jobs. See section 3.5 on Startd Policy Configuration for more details on setting up a policy for starting and stopping jobs on a given machine.

The ClassAd expression is evaluated in the context of the job ad to an integer value, which is set by the condor_starter daemon for each job just before the job runs. The range of allowable values are integers in the range of 0 to 19 (inclusive), with a value of 19 being the lowest priority. If the integer value is outside this range, then on a Unix machine, a value greater than 19 is auto-decreased to 19; a value less than 0 is treated as 0. For values outside this range, a Windows machine ignores the value and uses the default instead. The default value is 10, which maps to the idle priority class on a Windows machine.

STARTER_LOCAL_LOGGING
This macro determines whether the starter should do local logging to its own log file, or send debug information back to the condor_shadow where it will end up in the ShadowLog. It defaults to True.

STARTER_LOG_NAME_APPEND
A fixed value that sets the file name extension of the local log file used by the condor_starter daemon. Permitted values are true, false, slot, cluster and jobid. A value of false will suppress the use of a file extension. A value of true gives the default behavior of using the slot name, unless there is only a single slot. A value of slot uses the slot name. A value of cluster uses the job's ClusterId ClassAd attribute. A value of jobid uses the job's ProcId ClassAd attribute. If cluster or jobid are specified, the resulting log files will persist until deleted by the user, so these two options should only be used to assist in debugging, not as permanent options.

STARTER_DEBUG
This setting (and other settings related to debug logging in the starter) is described above in section 3.3.4 as $(<SUBSYS>_DEBUG).

STARTER_UPDATE_INTERVAL
An integer value representing the number of seconds between ClassAd updates that the condor_starter daemon sends to the condor_shadow and condor_startd daemons. Defaults to 300 (5 minutes).

STARTER_UPDATE_INTERVAL_TIMESLICE
A floating point value, specifying the highest fraction of time that the condor_starter daemon should spend collecting monitoring information about the job, such as disk usage. The default value is 0.1. If monitoring, such as checking disk usage takes a long time, the condor_starter will monitor less frequently than specified by STARTER_UPDATE_INTERVAL.

USER_JOB_WRAPPER
The full path and file name of an executable or script. If specified, HTCondor never directly executes a job, but instead invokes this executable, allowing an administrator to specify the executable (wrapper script) that will handle the execution of all user jobs. The command-line arguments passed to this program will include the full path to the actual user job which should be executed, followed by all the command-line parameters to pass to the user job. This wrapper script must ultimately replace its image with the user job; thus, it must exec() the user job, not fork() it.

For Bourne type shells (sh, bash, ksh), the last line should be:

        exec "$@"
For the C type shells (csh, tcsh), the last line should be:
        exec $*:q

On Windows, the end should look like:

REM set some environment variables
set LICENSE_SERVER=192.168.1.202:5012
set MY_PARAMS=2

REM Run the actual job now
%*

This syntax is precise, to correctly handle program arguments which contain white space characters.

For Windows machines, the wrapper will either be a batch script with a file extension of .bat or .cmd, or an executable with a file extension of .exe or .com.

If the wrapper script encounters an error as it runs, and it is unable to run the user job, it is important that the wrapper script indicate this to the HTCondor system so that HTCondor does not assign the exit code of the wrapper script to the job. To do this, the wrapper script should write a useful error message to the file named in the environment variable _CONDOR_WRAPPER_ERROR_FILE, and then the wrapper script should exit with a non-zero value. If this file is created by the wrapper script, HTCondor assumes that the wrapper script has failed, and HTCondor will place the job back in the queue marking it as Idle, such that the job will again be run. The condor_starter will also copy the contents of this error file to the condor_starter log, so the administrator can debug the problem.

When a wrapper script is in use, the executable of a job submission may be specified by a relative path, as long as the submit description file also contains:

        +PreserveRelativeExecutable = True
For example,
        # Let this executable be resolved by user's path in the wrapper
        cmd = sleep
        +PreserveRelativeExecutable = True
Without this extra attribute:
        # A typical fully-qualified executable path
        cmd = /bin/sleep

CGROUP_MEMORY_LIMIT_POLICY
A string with values of hard, soft and the default value of none. If set to hard, the cgroup-based limit on the total amount of physical memory used by the sum of all processes in the job will not be allowed to exceed the limit given by the cgroup memory controller attribute memory.limit_in_bytes. If the processes try to allocate more memory, the allocation will succeed, and virtual memory will be allocated, but no additional physical memory will be allocated. If set to soft, the cgroup-based limit on the total amount of physical memory used by the sum of all processes in the job will be allowed to go over the limit, if there is free memory available on the system.

USE_VISIBLE_DESKTOP
This boolean variable is only meaningful on Windows machines. If True, HTCondor will allow the job to create windows on the desktop of the execute machine and interact with the job. This is particularly useful for debugging why an application will not run under HTCondor. If False, HTCondor uses the default behavior of creating a new, non-visible desktop to run the job on. See section 7.2 for details on how HTCondor interacts with the desktop.

STARTER_JOB_ENVIRONMENT
This macro sets the default environment inherited by jobs. The syntax is the same as the syntax for environment settings in the job submit file (see page [*]). If the same environment variable is assigned by this macro and by the user in the submit file, the user's setting takes precedence.

JOB_INHERITS_STARTER_ENVIRONMENT
A boolean value that defaults to False. When True, it causes jobs to inherit all environment variables from the condor_starter. When the user job and/or STARTER_JOB_ENVIRONMENT define an environment variable that is in the condor_starter's environment, the setting from the condor_starter's environment is overridden. This variable does not apply to standard universe jobs.

NAMED_CHROOT
A comma and/or space separated list of full paths to one or more directories, under which the condor_starter may run a chroot-ed job. This allows HTCondor to invoke chroot() before launching a job, if the job requests such by defining the job ClassAd attribute RequestedChroot with a directory that matches one in this list. There is no default value for this variable.

STARTER_UPLOAD_TIMEOUT
An integer value that specifies the network communication timeout to use when transferring files back to the submit machine. The default value is set by the condor_shadow daemon to 300. Increase this value if the disk on the submit machine cannot keep up with large bursts of activity, such as many jobs all completing at the same time.

ENFORCE_CPU_AFFINITY
A boolean value that defaults to False. When False, the affinity of jobs and their descendants to a CPU is not enforced. When True, HTCondor jobs and their descendants maintain their affinity to a CPU. When True, more fine grained affinities may be specified with SLOT<N>_CPU_AFFINITY.

SLOT<N>_CPU_AFFINITY
A comma separated list of cores to which an HTCondor job running on a specific slot given by the value of <N> show affinity. Note that slots are numbered beginning with the value 1, while CPU cores are numbered beginning with the value 0. This affinity list only takes effect if ENFORCE_CPU_AFFINITY = True.

ASSIGN_CPU_AFFINITY
A boolean expression that defaults to False. When True, CPU affinity is automatically set and enforced to be one slot per core. This permits affinity to work well with dynamic slots. Also when True, overrides any settings specified by ENFORCE_CPU_AFFINITY.

ENABLE_URL_TRANSFERS
A boolean value that when True causes the condor_starter for a job to invoke all plug-ins defined by FILETRANSFER_PLUGINS to determine their capabilities for handling protocols to be used in file transfer specified with a URL. When False, a URL transfer specified in a job's submit description file will cause an error issued by condor_submit. The default value is True.

FILETRANSFER_PLUGINS
A comma separated list of full and absolute path and executable names for plug-ins that will accomplish the task of doing file transfer when a job requests the transfer of an input file by specifying a URL. See section 3.12.2 for a description of the functionality required of a plug-in.

ENABLE_CHIRP
A boolean value that defaults to True. An administrator would set the value to False to disable Chirp remote file access from execute machines.

ENABLE_CHIRP_UPDATES
A boolean value that defaults to True. If ENABLE_CHIRP is True, and ENABLE_CHIRP_UPDATES is False, then the user job can only read job attributes from the submit side; it cannot change them or write to the job event log. If ENABLE_CHIRP is False, the setting of this variable does not matter, as no Chirp updates are allowed in that case.

ENABLE_CHIRP_DELAYED
A boolean value that defaults to True. If False, the delayed versions of condor_chirp commands get_job_attr and set_job_attr are prohibited.

ENABLE_CHIRP_IO
A boolean value that defaults to True. If False, the file I/O condor_chirp commands are prohibited.

REMOTE_UPDATE_PREFIX
This string-valued parameter, which defaults to "Chirp", defines the prefix for attribute names which can be used with the condor_chirp commands set_job_attribute_delayed and get_job_attribute_delayed.

USE_PSS
A boolean value, that when True causes the condor_starter to measure the PSS (Proportional Set Size) of each HTCondor job. The default value is True. When running many short lived jobs, performance problems in the condor_procd have been observed, and a setting of False may relieve these problems.

MEMORY_USAGE_METRIC
A ClassAd expression that produces an initial value for the job ClassAd attribute MemoryUsage in jobs that are not standard universe and not vm universe.

MEMORY_USAGE_METRIC_VM
A ClassAd expression that produces an initial value for the job ClassAd attribute MemoryUsage in vm universe jobs.

STARTER_RLIMIT_AS
An integer ClassAd expression, expressed in Mbytes, evaluated by the condor_starter to set the RLIMIT_AS parameter of the setrlimit() system call. This limits the virtual memory size of each process in the user job. The expression is evaluated in the context of both the machine and job ClassAds, where the machine ClassAd is the MY. ClassAd, and the job ClassAd is the TARGET. ClassAd. There is no default value for this variable. Since values larger than 2047 have no real meaning on 32-bit platforms, values larger than 2047 result in no limit set on 32-bit platforms.

USE_PID_NAMESPACES
A boolean value that, when True, enables the use of per job PID namespaces for HTCondor jobs run on Linux kernels. Defaults to False.

PER_JOB_NAMESPACES
A boolean value that defaults to False. Relevant only for Linux platforms using file system namespaces. The default value of False ensures that there will be no private mount points, because auto mounts done by autofs would use the wrong name for private file system mounts. A True value is useful when private file system mounts are permitted and autofs (for NFS) is not used.

DYNAMIC_RUN_ACCOUNT_LOCAL_GROUP
For Windows platforms, a value that sets the local group to a group other than the default Users for the condor-reuse-slot<X> run account. Do not place the local group name within quotation marks.

JOB_EXECDIR_PERMISSIONS
Control the permissions on the job's scratch directory. Defaults to user which sets permissions to 0700. Possible values are user, group, and world. If set to group, then the directory is group-accessible, with permissions set to 0750. If set to world, then the directory is created with permissions set to 0755.


3.3.14 condor_submit Configuration File Entries

DEFAULT_UNIVERSE
The universe under which a job is executed may be specified in the submit description file. If it is not specified in the submit description file, then this variable specifies the universe (when defined). If the universe is not specified in the submit description file, and if this variable is not defined, then the default universe for a job will be the vanilla universe.

JOB_DEFAULT_NOTIFICATION
The default that sets email notification for jobs. This variable defaults to NEVER, such that HTCondor will not send email about events for jobs. Possible values are NEVER, ERROR, ALWAYS, or COMPLETE. If ALWAYS, the owner will be notified whenever the job produces a checkpoint, as well as when the job completes. If COMPLETE, the owner will be notified when the job terminates. If ERROR, the owner will only be notified if the job terminates abnormally, or if the job is placed on hold because of a failure, and not by user request. If NEVER, the owner will not receive email.

JOB_DEFAULT_REQUESTMEMORY
The amount of memory in Mbytes to acquire for a job, if the job does not specify how much it needs using the request_memory submit command. If this variable is not defined, then the default is defined by the expression
  ifThenElse(MemoryUsage =!= UNDEFINED,MemoryUsage,1)

JOB_DEFAULT_REQUESTDISK
The amount of disk in Kbytes to acquire for a job, if the job does not specify how much it needs using the request_disk submit command. If the job defines the value, then that value takes precedence. If not set, then then the default is defined as DiskUsage.

JOB_DEFAULT_REQUESTCPUS
The number of CPUs to acquire for a job, if the job does not specify how many it needs using the request_cpus submit command. If the job defines the value, then that value takes precedence. If not set, then then the default is 1.

If you want condor_submit to automatically append an expression to the Requirements expression or Rank expression of jobs at your site use the following macros:

APPEND_REQ_VANILLA
Expression to be appended to vanilla job requirements.

APPEND_REQ_STANDARD
Expression to be appended to standard job requirements.

APPEND_REQUIREMENTS
Expression to be appended to any type of universe jobs. However, if APPEND_REQ_VANILLA or APPEND_REQ_STANDARD is defined, then ignore the APPEND_REQUIREMENTS for those universes.

APPEND_RANK
Expression to be appended to job rank. APPEND_RANK_STANDARD or APPEND_RANK_VANILLA will override this setting if defined.

APPEND_RANK_STANDARD
Expression to be appended to standard job rank.

APPEND_RANK_VANILLA
Expression to append to vanilla job rank.

NOTE: The APPEND_RANK_STANDARD and APPEND_RANK_VANILLA macros were called APPEND_PREF_STANDARD and APPEND_PREF_VANILLA in previous versions of HTCondor.

In addition, you may provide default Rank expressions if your users do not specify their own with:

DEFAULT_RANK
Default rank expression for any job that does not specify its own rank expression in the submit description file. There is no default value, such that when undefined, the value used will be 0.0.

DEFAULT_RANK_VANILLA
Default rank for vanilla universe jobs. There is no default value, such that when undefined, the value used will be 0.0. When both DEFAULT_RANK and DEFAULT_RANK_VANILLA are defined, the value for DEFAULT_RANK_VANILLA is used for vanilla universe jobs.

DEFAULT_RANK_STANDARD
Default rank for standard universe jobs. There is no default value, such that when undefined, the value used will be 0.0. When both DEFAULT_RANK and DEFAULT_RANK_STANDARD are defined, the value for DEFAULT_RANK_STANDARD is used for standard universe jobs.

DEFAULT_IO_BUFFER_SIZE
HTCondor keeps a buffer of recently-used data for each file an application opens. This macro specifies the default maximum number of bytes to be buffered for each open file at the executing machine. The condor_status buffer_size command will override this default. If this macro is undefined, a default size of 512 KB will be used.

DEFAULT_IO_BUFFER_BLOCK_SIZE
When buffering is enabled, HTCondor will attempt to consolidate small read and write operations into large blocks. This macro specifies the default block size HTCondor will use. The condor_status buffer_block_size command will override this default. If this macro is undefined, a default size of 32 KB will be used.

SUBMIT_SKIP_FILECHECKS
If True, condor_submit behaves as if the -disable command-line option is used. This tells condor_submit to disable file permission checks when submitting a job for read permissions on all input files, such as those defined by commands input and transfer_input_files, as well as write permission to output files, such as a log file defined by log and output files defined with output or transfer_output_files. This can significantly decrease the amount of time required to submit a large group of jobs. The default value is False.

WARN_ON_UNUSED_SUBMIT_FILE_MACROS
A boolean variable that defaults to True. When True, condor_submit performs checks on the job's submit description file contents for commands that define a macro, but do not use the macro within the file. A warning is issued, but job submission continues. A definition of a new macro occurs when the lhs of a command is not a known submit command. This check may help spot spelling errors of known submit commands.

SUBMIT_SEND_RESCHEDULE
A boolean expression that when False, prevents condor_submit from automatically sending a condor_reschedule command as it completes. The condor_reschedule command causes the condor_schedd daemon to start searching for machines with which to match the submitted jobs. When True, this step always occurs. In the case that the machine where the job(s) are submitted is managing a huge number of jobs (thousands or tens of thousands), this step would hurt performance in such a way that it became an obstacle to scalability. The default value is True.

SUBMIT_EXPRS
A comma-separated and/or space-separated list of ClassAd attribute names for which the attribute and value will be inserted into all the job ClassAds that condor_submit creates. In this way, it is like the "+" syntax in a submit description file. Attributes defined in the submit description file with "+" will override attributes defined in the configuration file with SUBMIT_EXPRS. Note that adding an attribute to a job's ClassAd will not function as a method for specifying default values of submit description file commands forgotten in a job's submit description file. The command in the submit description file results in actions by condor_submit, while the use of SUBMIT_EXPRS adds a job ClassAd attribute at a later point in time.

LOG_ON_NFS_IS_ERROR
A boolean value that controls whether condor_submit prohibits job submit description files with job event log files on NFS. If LOG_ON_NFS_IS_ERROR is set to True, such submit files will be rejected. If LOG_ON_NFS_IS_ERROR is set to False, the job will be submitted. If not defined, LOG_ON_NFS_IS_ERROR defaults to False.

SUBMIT_MAX_PROCS_IN_CLUSTER
An integer value that limits the maximum number of jobs that would be assigned within a single cluster. Job submissions that would exceed the defined value fail, issuing an error message, and with no jobs submitted. The default value is 0, which does not limit the number of jobs assigned a single cluster number.

ENABLE_DEPRECATION_WARNINGS
A boolean value that defaults to False. When True, condor_submit issues warnings when a job requests features that are no longer supported.

INTERACTIVE_SUBMIT_FILE
The path and file name of a submit description file that condor_submit will use in the specification of an interactive job. The default is $(RELEASE_DIR)/libexec/interactive.sub when not defined.


3.3.15 condor_preen Configuration File Entries

These macros affect condor_preen.

PREEN_ADMIN
This macro sets the e-mail address where condor_preen will send e-mail (if it is configured to send email at all; see the entry for PREEN). Defaults to $(CONDOR_ADMIN).

VALID_SPOOL_FILES
A comma or space separated list of files that condor_preen considers valid files to find in the $(SPOOL) directory, such that condor_preen will not remove these files. There is no default value. condor_preen will add to the list files and directories that are normally present in the $(SPOOL) directory. A single asterisk (*) wild card character is permitted in each file item within the list.

SYSTEM_VALID_SPOOL_FILES
A comma or space separated list of files that condor_preen considers valid files to find in the $(SPOOL) directory. The default value is all files known by HTCondor to be valid. This variable exists such that it can be queried; it should not be changed. condor_preen use it to initialize the the list files and directories that are normally present in the $(SPOOL) directory. A single asterisk (*) wild card character is permitted in each file item within the list.

INVALID_LOG_FILES
This macro contains a (comma or space separated) list of files that condor_preen considers invalid files to find in the $(LOG) directory. There is no default value.


3.3.16 condor_collector Configuration File Entries

These macros affect the condor_collector.

CLASSAD_LIFETIME
The default maximum age in seconds for ClassAds collected by the condor_collector. ClassAds older than the maximum age are discarded by the condor_collector as stale.

If present, the ClassAd attribute ClassAdLifetime specifies the ClassAd's lifetime in seconds. If ClassAdLifetime is not present in the ClassAd, the condor_collector will use the value of $(CLASSAD_LIFETIME). This variable is defined in terms of seconds, and it defaults to 900 seconds (15 minutes).

MASTER_CHECK_INTERVAL
This macro defines how often the collector should check for machines that have ClassAds from some daemons, but not from the condor_master (orphaned daemons) and send e-mail about it. It is defined in seconds and defaults to 10800 (3 hours).

COLLECTOR_REQUIREMENTS
A boolean expression that filters out unwanted ClassAd updates. The expression is evaluated for ClassAd updates that have passed through enabled security authorization checks. The default behavior when this expression is not defined is to allow all ClassAd updates to take place. If False, a ClassAd update will be rejected.

Stronger security mechanisms are the better way to authorize or deny updates to the condor_collector. This configuration variable exists to help those that use host-based security, and do not trust all processes that run on the hosts in the pool. This configuration variable may be used to throw out ClassAds that should not be allowed. For example, for condor_startd daemons that run on a fixed port, configure this expression to ensure that only machine ClassAds advertising the expected fixed port are accepted. As a convenience, before evaluating the expression, some basic sanity checks are performed on the ClassAd to ensure that all of the ClassAd attributes used by HTCondor to contain IP:port information are consistent. To validate this information, the attribute to check is TARGET.MyAddress.

CLIENT_TIMEOUT
Network timeout that the condor_collector uses when talking to any daemons or tools that are sending it a ClassAd update. It is defined in seconds and defaults to 30.

QUERY_TIMEOUT
Network timeout when talking to anyone doing a query. It is defined in seconds and defaults to 60.

CONDOR_DEVELOPERS
By default, HTCondor will send e-mail once per week to this address with the output of the condor_status command, which lists how many machines are in the pool and how many are running jobs. The default value of condor-admin@cs.wisc.edu will send this report to the Center for High Throughput Computing at the University of Wisconsin-Madison. The Center for High Throughput Computing uses these weekly status messages in order to have some idea as to how many HTCondor pools exist in the world. We appreciate getting the reports, as this is one way we can convince funding agencies that HTCondor is being used in the real world. If you do not wish this information to be sent to the Center for High Throughput Computing, explicitly set the value to NONE to disable this feature, or replace the address with a desired location. If undefined (commented out) in the configuration file, HTCondor follows its default behavior.

COLLECTOR_NAME
This macro is used to specify a short description of your pool. It should be about 20 characters long. For example, the name of the UW-Madison Computer Science HTCondor Pool is "UW-Madison CS". While this macro might seem similar to MASTER_NAME or SCHEDD_NAME, it is unrelated. Those settings are used to uniquely identify (and locate) a specific set of HTCondor daemons, if there are more than one running on the same machine. The COLLECTOR_NAME setting is just used as a human-readable string to describe the pool, which is included in the updates sent to the CONDOR_DEVELOPERS_COLLECTOR.

CONDOR_DEVELOPERS_COLLECTOR
By default, every pool sends periodic updates to a central condor_collector at UW-Madison with basic information about the status of the pool. Updates include only the number of total machines, the number of jobs submitted, the number of machines running jobs, the host name of the central manager, and the $(COLLECTOR_NAME). These updates help the Center for High Throughput Computing see how HTCondor is being used around the world. By default, they will be sent to condor.cs.wisc.edu. To discontinue sending updates, explicitly set this macro to NONE. If undefined or commented out in the configuration file, HTCondor follows its default behavior.

COLLECTOR_UPDATE_INTERVAL
This variable is defined in seconds and defaults to 900 (every 15 minutes). It controls the frequency of the periodic updates sent to a central condor_collector at UW-Madison as defined by CONDOR_DEVELOPERS_COLLECTOR.

COLLECTOR_SOCKET_BUFSIZE
This specifies the buffer size, in bytes, reserved for condor_collector network UDP sockets. The default is 10240000, or a ten megabyte buffer. This is a healthy size, even for a large pool. The larger this value, the less likely the condor_collector will have stale information about the pool due to dropping update packets. If your pool is small or your central manager has very little RAM, considering setting this parameter to a lower value (perhaps 256000 or 128000).

NOTE: For some Linux distributions, it may be necessary to raise the OS's system-wide limit for network buffer sizes. The parameter that controls this limit is /proc/sys/net/core/rmem_max. You can see the values that the condor_collector actually uses by enabling D_FULLDEBUG for the collector and looking at the log line that looks like this:

Reset OS socket buffer size to 2048k (UDP), 255k (TCP).

For changes to this parameter to take effect, condor_collector must be restarted.

COLLECTOR_TCP_SOCKET_BUFSIZE
This specifies the TCP buffer size, in bytes, reserved for condor_collector network sockets. The default is 131072, or a 128 kilobyte buffer. This is a healthy size, even for a large pool. The larger this value, the less likely the condor_collector will have stale information about the pool due to dropping update packets. If your pool is small or your central manager has very little RAM, considering setting this parameter to a lower value (perhaps 65536 or 32768).

NOTE: See the note for COLLECTOR_SOCKET_BUFSIZE .

KEEP_POOL_HISTORY
This boolean macro is used to decide if the collector will write out statistical information about the pool to history files. The default is False. The location, size, and frequency of history logging is controlled by the other macros.

POOL_HISTORY_DIR
This macro sets the name of the directory where the history files reside (if history logging is enabled). The default is the SPOOL directory.

POOL_HISTORY_MAX_STORAGE
This macro sets the maximum combined size of the history files. When the size of the history files is close to this limit, the oldest information will be discarded. Thus, the larger this parameter's value is, the larger the time range for which history will be available. The default value is 10000000 (10 Mbytes).

POOL_HISTORY_SAMPLING_INTERVAL
This macro sets the interval, in seconds, between samples for history logging purposes. When a sample is taken, the collector goes through the information it holds, and summarizes it. The information is written to the history file once for each 4 samples. The default (and recommended) value is 60 seconds. Setting this macro's value too low will increase the load on the collector, while setting it to high will produce less precise statistical information.

COLLECTOR_DAEMON_STATS
A boolean value that controls whether or not the condor_collector daemon keeps update statistics on incoming updates. The default value is True. If enabled, the condor_collector will insert several attributes into the ClassAds that it stores and sends. ClassAds without the UpdateSequenceNumber and DaemonStartTime attributes will not be counted, and will not have attributes inserted (all modern HTCondor daemons which publish ClassAds publish these attributes).

The attributes inserted are UpdatesTotal, UpdatesSequenced, and UpdatesLost. UpdatesTotal is the total number of updates (of this ClassAd type) the condor_collector has received from this host. UpdatesSequenced is the number of updates that the condor_collector could have as lost. In particular, for the first update from a daemon, it is impossible to tell if any previous ones have been lost or not. UpdatesLost is the number of updates that the condor_collector has detected as being lost. See page [*] for more information on the added attributes.

COLLECTOR_STATS_SWEEP
This value specifies the number of seconds between sweeps of the condor_collector's per-daemon update statistics. Records for daemons which have not reported in this amount of time are purged in order to save memory. The default is two days. It is unlikely that you would ever need to adjust this.

COLLECTOR_DAEMON_HISTORY_SIZE
This variable controls the size of the published update history that the condor_collector inserts into the ClassAds it stores and sends. The default value is 128, which means that history is stored and published for the latest 128 updates. This variable's value is ignored, if COLLECTOR_DAEMON_STATS is not enabled.

If the value is a non-zero one, the condor_collector will insert attribute UpdatesHistory into the ClassAd (similar to UpdatesTotal). AttrUpdatesHistory is a hexadecimal string which represents a bitmap of the last COLLECTOR_DAEMON_HISTORY_SIZE updates. The most significant bit (MSB) of the bitmap represents the most recent update, and the least significant bit (LSB) represents the least recent. A value of zero means that the update was not lost, and a value of 1 indicates that the update was detected as lost.

For example, if the last update was not lost, the previous was lost, and the previous two not, the bitmap would be 0100, and the matching hex digit would be "4". Note that the MSB can never be marked as lost because its loss can only be detected by a non-lost update (a gap is found in the sequence numbers). Thus, UpdatesHistory = "0x40" would be the history for the last 8 updates. If the next updates are all successful, the values published, after each update, would be: 0x20, 0x10, 0x08, 0x04, 0x02, 0x01, 0x00.

See page [*] for more information on the added attribute.

COLLECTOR_CLASS_HISTORY_SIZE
This variable controls the size of the published update history that the condor_collector inserts into the condor_collector ClassAds it produces. The default value is zero.

If this variable has a non-zero value, the condor_collector will insert UpdatesClassHistory into the condor_collector ClassAd (similar to UpdatesHistory). These are added per class of ClassAd, however. The classes refer to the type of ClassAds. Additionally, there is a Total class created, which represents the history of all ClassAds that this condor_collector receives.

Note that the condor_collector always publishes Lost, Total and Sequenced counts for all ClassAd classes. This is similar to the statistics gathered if COLLECTOR_DAEMON_STATS is enabled.

COLLECTOR_QUERY_WORKERS
This variable sets the maximum number of worker processes that the condor_collector can have. When receiving a query request, the Unix condor_collector will fork() a new process to handle the query, freeing the main process to handle other requests. When the number of outstanding worker processes reaches this maximum, the request is handled by the main process. This variable is ignored on Windows, and its default value is zero. The default configuration, however, has a value of 2.

COLLECTOR_DEBUG
This macro (and other macros related to debug logging in the condor_collector is described in section 3.3.4 as <SUBSYS>_DEBUG.

CONDOR_VIEW_CLASSAD_TYPES
Provides the ClassAd types that will be forwarded to the CONDOR_VIEW_HOST. The ClassAd types can be found with condor_status -any. The default forwarding behavior of the condor_collector is equivalent to
  CONDOR_VIEW_CLASSAD_TYPES=Machine,Submitter
There is no default value for this variable.

The following macros control where, when, and for how long HTCondor persistently stores absent ClassAds. See section 3.10.2 on page [*] for more details.

ABSENT_REQUIREMENTS
A boolean expression evaluated by the condor_collector when a machine ClassAd would otherwise expire. If True, the ClassAd instead becomes absent. If not defined, the implementation will behave as if False, and no absent ClassAds will be stored.

ABSENT_EXPIRE_ADS_AFTER
The integer number of seconds after which the condor_collector forgets about an absent ClassAd. If 0, the ClassAds persist forever. Defaults to 30 days.

COLLECTOR_PERSISTENT_AD_LOG
The full path and file name of a file that stores machine ClassAds for every hibernating or absent machine. This forms a persistent storage of these ClassAds, in case the condor_collector daemon crashes.

To avoid condor_preen removing this log, place it in a directory other than the directory defined by $(SPOOL). Alternatively, if this log file is to go in the directory defined by $(SPOOL), add the file to the list given by VALID_SPOOL_FILES.

This configuration variable replaces OFFLINE_LOG, which is no longer used.

EXPIRE_INVALIDATED_ADS
A boolean value that defaults to False. When True, causes all invalidated ClassAds to be treated as if they expired. This permits invalidated ClassAds to be marked absent, as defined in section 3.10.2.


3.3.17 condor_negotiator Configuration File Entries

These macros affect the condor_negotiator.

NEGOTIATOR_INTERVAL
Sets how often the condor_negotiator starts a negotiation cycle. It is defined in seconds and defaults to 60 (1 minute).

NEGOTIATOR_CYCLE_DELAY
An integer value that represents the minimum number of seconds that must pass before a new negotiation cycle may start. The default value is 20. NEGOTIATOR_CYCLE_DELAY is intended only for use by HTCondor experts.

NEGOTIATOR_TIMEOUT
Sets the timeout that the negotiator uses on its network connections to the condor_schedd and condor_startds. It is defined in seconds and defaults to 30.

NEGOTIATION_CYCLE_STATS_LENGTH
Specifies how many recent negotiation cycles should be included in the history that is published in the condor_negotiator's ad. The default is 3 and the maximum allowed value is 100. Setting this value to 0 disables publication of negotiation cycle statistics. The statistics about recent cycles are stored in several attributes per cycle. Each of these attribute names will have a number appended to it to indicate how long ago the cycle happened, for example: LastNegotiationCycleDuration0, LastNegotiationCycleDuration1, LastNegotiationCycleDuration2, ... . The attribute numbered 0 applies to the most recent negotiation cycle. The attribute numbered 1 applies to the next most recent negotiation cycle, and so on. See page [*] for a list of attributes that are published.

PRIORITY_HALFLIFE
This macro defines the half-life of the user priorities. See section 2.7.2 on User Priorities for details. It is defined in seconds and defaults to 86400 (1 day).

DEFAULT_PRIO_FACTOR
Sets the priority factor for local users as they first submit jobs, as described in section 3.4. Defaults to 1000.

NICE_USER_PRIO_FACTOR
Sets the priority factor for nice users, as described in section 3.4. Defaults to 10000000000.

REMOTE_PRIO_FACTOR
Defines the priority factor for remote users, which are those users who who do not belong to the local domain. See section 3.4 for details. Defaults to 10000000.

ACCOUNTANT_LOCAL_DOMAIN
Describes the local UID domain. This variable is used to decide if a user is local or remote. A user is considered to be in the local domain if their UID domain matches the value of this variable. Usually, this variable is set to the local UID domain. If not defined, all users are considered local.

MAX_ACCOUNTANT_DATABASE_SIZE
This macro defines the maximum size (in bytes) that the accountant database log file can reach before it is truncated (which re-writes the file in a more compact format). If, after truncating, the file is larger than one half the maximum size specified with this macro, the maximum size will be automatically expanded. The default is 1 megabyte (1000000).

NEGOTIATOR_DISCOUNT_SUSPENDED_RESOURCES
This macro tells the negotiator to not count resources that are suspended when calculating the number of resources a user is using. Defaults to false, that is, a user is still charged for a resource even when that resource has suspended the job.

NEGOTIATOR_SOCKET_CACHE_SIZE
This macro defines the maximum number of sockets that the condor_negotiator keeps in its open socket cache. Caching open sockets makes the negotiation protocol more efficient by eliminating the need for socket connection establishment for each negotiation cycle. The default is currently 16. To be effective, this parameter should be set to a value greater than the number of condor_schedds submitting jobs to the negotiator at any time. If you lower this number, you must run condor_restart and not just condor_reconfig for the change to take effect.

NEGOTIATOR_INFORM_STARTD
Boolean setting that controls if the condor_negotiator should inform the condor_startd when it has been matched with a job. The default is True. When this is set to False, the condor_startd will never enter the Matched state, and will go directly from Unclaimed to Claimed. Because this notification is done via UDP, if a pool is configured so that the execute hosts do not create UDP command sockets (see the WANT_UDP_COMMAND_SOCKET setting described in section 3.3.3 on page [*] for details), the condor_negotiator should be configured not to attempt to contact these condor_startds by configuring this setting to False.

NEGOTIATOR_PRE_JOB_RANK
Resources that match a request are first sorted by this expression. If there are any ties in the rank of the top choice, the top resources are sorted by the user-supplied rank in the job ClassAd, then by NEGOTIATOR_POST_JOB_RANK, then by PREEMPTION_RANK (if the match would cause preemption and there are still any ties in the top choice). MY refers to attributes of the machine ClassAd and TARGET refers to the job ClassAd. The purpose of the pre job rank is to allow the pool administrator to override any other rankings, in order to optimize overall throughput. For example, it is commonly used to minimize preemption, even if the job rank prefers a machine that is busy. If undefined, this expression has no effect on the ranking of matches. The standard configuration file shipped with HTCondor specifies an expression to steer jobs away from busy resources:

  NEGOTIATOR_PRE_JOB_RANK = RemoteOwner =?= UNDEFINED

NEGOTIATOR_POST_JOB_RANK
Resources that match a request are first sorted by NEGOTIATOR_PRE_JOB_RANK. If there are any ties in the rank of the top choice, the top resources are sorted by the user-supplied rank in the job ClassAd, then by NEGOTIATOR_POST_JOB_RANK, then by PREEMPTION_RANK (if the match would cause preemption and there are still any ties in the top choice). MY. refers to attributes of the machine ClassAd and TARGET. refers to the job ClassAd. The purpose of the post job rank is to allow the pool administrator to choose between machines that the job ranks equally. The default value is
  NEGOTIATOR_POST_JOB_RANK = \
   (RemoteOwner =?= UNDEFINED) * \
   (ifThenElse(isUndefined(KFlops), 1000, Kflops) - \
   SlotID - 1.0e10*(Offline=?=True))

PREEMPTION_REQUIREMENTS
When considering user priorities, the negotiator will not preempt a job running on a given machine unless this expression evaluates to True, and the owner of the idle job has a better priority than the owner of the running job. The PREEMPTION_REQUIREMENTS expression is evaluated within the context of the candidate machine ClassAd and the candidate idle job ClassAd; thus the MY scope prefix refers to the machine ClassAd, and the TARGET scope prefix refers to the ClassAd of the idle (candidate) job. There is no direct access to the currently running job, but attributes of the currently running job that need to be accessed in PREEMPTION_REQUIREMENTS can be placed in the machine ClassAd using STARTD_JOB_EXPRS . If not explicitly set in the HTCondor configuration file, the default value for this expression is False. PREEMPTION_REQUIREMENTS should include the term (SubmitterGroup =?= RemoteGroup), if a preemption policy that respects group quotas is desired. Note that this variable does not influence other potential causes of preemption, such as the RANK of the condor_startd, or PREEMPT expressions. See section 3.5.9 for a general discussion of limiting preemption.

PREEMPTION_REQUIREMENTS_STABLE
A boolean value that defaults to True, implying that all attributes utilized to define the PREEMPTION_REQUIREMENTS variable will not change within a negotiation period time interval. If utilized attributes will change during the negotiation period time interval, then set this variable to False.

PREEMPTION_RANK
Resources that match a request are first sorted by NEGOTIATOR_PRE_JOB_RANK. If there are any ties in the rank of the top choice, the top resources are sorted by the user-supplied rank in the job ClassAd, then by NEGOTIATOR_POST_JOB_RANK, then by PREEMPTION_RANK (if the match would cause preemption and there are still any ties in the top choice). MY refers to attributes of the machine ClassAd and TARGET refers to the job ClassAd. This expression is used to rank machines that the job and the other negotiation expressions rank the same. For example, if the job has no preference, it is usually preferable to preempt a job with a small ImageSize instead of a job with a large ImageSize. There is no default value, causing all preemptable matches to be ranked the same. However, the negotiator will always prefer to match the job with an idle machine over a preemptable machine, if none of the other ranks express a preference between them.

PREEMPTION_RANK_STABLE
A boolean value that defaults to True, implying that all attributes utilized to define the PREEMPTION_RANK variable will not change within a negotiation period time interval. If utilized attributes will change during the negotiation period time interval, then set this variable to False.

NEGOTIATOR_SLOT_CONSTRAINT
An expression which constrains which machine ClassAds are fetched from the condor_collector by the condor_negotiator during a negotiation cycle.

NEGOTIATOR_TRIM_SHUTDOWN_THRESHOLD
This setting is not likely to be customized, except perhaps within a glidein setting. An integer expression that evaluates to a value within the context of the condor_negotiator ClassAd, with a default value of 0. When this expression evaluates to an integer X greater than 0, the condor_negotiator will not make matches to machines that contain the ClassAd attribute DaemonShutdown which evaluates to True, when that shut down time is X seconds into the future. The idea here is a mechanism to prevent matching with machines that are quite close to shutting down, since the match would likely be a waste of time.

NEGOTIATOR_SLOT_POOLSIZE_CONSTRAINT or GROUP_DYNAMIC_MACH_CONSTRAINT
This optional expression specifies which machine ClassAds should be counted when computing the size of the pool. It applies both for group quota allocation and when there are no groups. The default is to count all machine ClassAds. When extra slots exist for special purposes, as, for example, suspension slots or file transfer slots, this expression can be used to inform the condor_negotiator that only normal slots should be counted when computing how big each group's share of the pool should be.

The name NEGOTIATOR_SLOT_POOLSIZE_CONSTRAINT replaces GROUP_DYNAMIC_MACH_CONSTRAINT as of HTCondor version 7.7.3. Using the older name causes a warning to be logged, although the behavior is unchanged.

NEGOTIATOR_DEBUG
This macro (and other settings related to debug logging in the negotiator) is described in section 3.3.4 as <SUBSYS>_DEBUG.

NEGOTIATOR_MAX_TIME_PER_SUBMITTER
The maximum number of seconds the condor_negotiator will spend with each individual submitter during one negotiation cycle. Once this time limit has been reached, the condor_negotiator will skip over requests from this submitter until the next negotiation cycle. It defaults to one year.

NEGOTIATOR_MAX_TIME_PER_CYCLE
The maximum number of seconds the condor_negotiator will spend in total across all submitters during one negotiation cycle. Once this time limit has been reached, the condor_negotiator will skip over requests from all submitters until the next negotiation cycle. It defaults to one year.

NEGOTIATOR_MAX_TIME_PER_PIESPIN
The maximum number of seconds the condor_negotiator will spend with a submitter in one pie spin. A negotiation cycle is composed of at least one pie spin, possibly more, depending on whether there are still machines left over after computing fair shares and negotiating with each submitter. By limiting the maximum length of a pie spin or the maximum time per submitter per negotiation cycle, the condor_negotiator is protected against spending a long time talking to one submitter, for example someone with a very slow condor_schedd daemon. But, this can result in unfair allocation of machines or some machines not being allocated at all. See section 3.4.6 on page [*] for a description of a pie slice.

USE_RESOURCE_REQUEST_COUNTS
A boolean value that defaults to True. When True, the latency of negotiation will be reduced when there are many jobs next to each other in the queue with the same auto cluster, and many matches are being made. When True, the condor_schedd tells the condor_negotiator to send X matches at a time, where X equals number of consecutive jobs in the queue within the same auto cluster.

NEGOTIATOR_MATCH_EXPRS
A comma-separated list of macro names that are inserted as ClassAd attributes into matched job ClassAds. The attribute name in the ClassAd will be given the prefix NegotiatorMatchExpr, if the macro name does not already begin with that. Example:

  NegotiatorName = "My Negotiator"
  NEGOTIATOR_MATCH_EXPRS = NegotiatorName

As a result of the above configuration, jobs that are matched by this condor_negotiator will contain the following attribute when they are sent to the condor_startd:

  NegotiatorMatchExprNegotiatorName = "My Negotiator"

The expressions inserted by the condor_negotiator may be useful in condor_startd policy expressions, when the condor_startd belongs to multiple HTCondor pools.

NEGOTIATOR_MATCHLIST_CACHING
A boolean value that defaults to True. When True, it enables an optimization in the condor_negotiator that works with auto clustering. In determining the sorted list of machines that a job might use, the job goes to the first machine off the top of the list. If NEGOTIATOR_MATCHLIST_CACHING is True, and if the next job is part of the same auto cluster, meaning that it is a very similar job, the condor_negotiator will reuse the previous list of machines, instead of recreating the list from scratch.

If matching grid resources, and the desire is for a given resource to potentially match multiple times per condor_negotiator pass, NEGOTIATOR_MATCHLIST_CACHING should be False. See section 5.3.11 on page [*] in the subsection on Advertising Grid Resources to HTCondor for an example.

NEGOTIATOR_CONSIDER_PREEMPTION
For expert users only. A boolean value that defaults to True. When False, it can cause the condor_negotiator to run faster and also have better spinning pie accuracy. Only set this to False if PREEMPTION_REQUIREMENTS is False, and if all condor_startd rank expressions are False.

NEGOTIATOR_CONSIDER_EARLY_PREEMPTION
A boolean value that when False (the default), prevents the condor_negotiator from matching jobs to claimed slots that cannot immediately be preempted due to MAXJOBRETIREMENTTIME .

STARTD_AD_REEVAL_EXPR
A boolean value evaluated in the context of each machine ClassAd within a negotiation cycle that determines whether the ClassAd from the condor_collector is to replace the stashed ClassAd utilized during the previous negotiation cycle. When True, the ClassAd from the condor_collector does replace the stashed one. When not defined, the default value is to replace the stashed ClassAd if the stashed ClassAd's sequence number is older than its potential replacement.

NEGOTIATOR_UPDATE_AFTER_CYCLE
A boolean value that defaults to False. When True, it will force the condor_negotiator daemon to publish an update to the condor_collector at the end of every negotiation cycle. This is useful if monitoring statistics for the previous negotiation cycle.

NEGOTIATOR_READ_CONFIG_BEFORE_CYCLE
A boolean value that defaults to False. When True, the condor_negotiator will re-read the configuration prior to beginning each negotiation cycle. Note that this operation will update configured behaviors such as concurrency limits, but not data structures constructed during a full reconfiguration, such as the group quota hierarchy. A full reconfiguration, for example as accomplished with condor_reconfig, remains the best way to guarantee that all condor_negotiator configuration is completely updated.

<NAME>_LIMIT
An integer value that defines the amount of resources available for jobs which declare that they use some consumable resource as described in section 3.12.15. <Name> is a string invented to uniquely describe the resource.

CONCURRENCY_LIMIT_DEFAULT
An integer value that describes the number of resources available for any resources that are not explicitly named defined with the configuration variable <NAME>_LIMIT. If not defined, no limits are set for resources not explicitly identified using <NAME>_LIMIT.

CONCURRENCY_LIMIT_DEFAULT_<NAME>
If set, this defines a default concurrency limit for all resources that start with <NAME>.

The following configuration macros affect negotiation for group users.

GROUP_NAMES
A comma-separated list of the recognized group names, case insensitive. If undefined (the default), group support is disabled. Group names must not conflict with any user names. That is, if there is a physics group, there may not be a physics user. Any group that is defined here must also have a quota, or the group will be ignored. Example:
    GROUP_NAMES = group_physics, group_chemistry

GROUP_QUOTA_<groupname>
A floating point value to represent a static quota specifying an integral number of machines for the hierarchical group identified by <groupname>. It is meaningless to specify a non integer value, since only integral numbers of machines can be allocated. Example:
    GROUP_QUOTA_group_physics = 20
    GROUP_QUOTA_group_chemistry = 10
When both static and dynamic quotas are defined for a specific group, the static quota is used and the dynamic quota is ignored.

GROUP_QUOTA_DYNAMIC_<groupname>
A floating point value in the range 0.0 to 1.0, inclusive, representing a fraction of a pool's machines (slots) set as a dynamic quota for the hierarchical group identified by <groupname>. For example, the following specifies that a quota of 25% of the total machines are reserved for members of the group_biology group.
  	GROUP_QUOTA_DYNAMIC_group_biology = 0.25
The group name must be specified in the GROUP_NAMES list.
\fbox{This section has not yet been completed}

GROUP_PRIO_FACTOR_<groupname>
A floating point value greater than or equal to 1.0 to specify the default user priority factor for <groupname>. The group name must also be specified in the GROUP_NAMES list. GROUP_PRIO_FACTOR_<groupname> is evaluated when the negotiator first negotiates for the user as a member of the group. All members of the group inherit the default priority factor when no other value is present. For example, the following setting specifies that all members of the group named group_physics inherit a default user priority factor of 2.0:
    GROUP_PRIO_FACTOR_group_physics = 2.0

GROUP_AUTOREGROUP
A boolean value (defaults to False) that when True, causes users who submitted to a specific group to also negotiate a second time with the <none> group, to be considered with the independent job submitters. This allows group submitted jobs to be matched with idle machines even if the group is over its quota. The user name that is used for accounting and prioritization purposes is still the group user as specified by AccountingGroup in the job ClassAd.

GROUP_AUTOREGROUP_<groupname>
This is the same as GROUP_AUTOREGROUP, but it is settable on a per-group basis. If no value is specified for a given group, the default behavior is determined by GROUP_AUTOREGROUP, which in turn defaults to False.

GROUP_ACCEPT_SURPLUS
A boolean value that, when True, specifies that groups should be allowed to use more than their configured quota when there is not enough demand from other groups to use all of the available machines. The default value is False.

GROUP_ACCEPT_SURPLUS_<groupname>
A boolean value applied as a group-specific version of GROUP_ACCEPT_SURPLUS. When not specified, the value of GROUP_ACCEPT_SURPLUS applies to the named group.

GROUP_QUOTA_ROUND_ROBIN_RATE
The maximum sum of weighted slots that should be handed out to an individual submitter in each iteration within a negotiation cycle. If slot weights are not being used by the condor_negotiator, as specified by NEGOTIATOR_USE_SLOT_WEIGHTS = False, then this value is just the (unweighted) number of slots. The default value is a very big number, effectively infinite. Setting the value to a number smaller than the size of the pool can help avoid starvation. An example of the starvation problem is when there are a subset of machines in a pool with large memory, and there are multiple job submitters who desire all of these machines. Normally, HTCondor will decide how much of the full pool each person should get, and then attempt to hand out that number of resources to each person. Since the big memory machines are only a subset of pool, it may happen that they are all given to the first person contacted, and the remainder requiring large memory machines get nothing. Setting GROUP_QUOTA_ROUND_ROBIN_RATE to a value that is small compared to the size of subsets of machines will reduce starvation at the cost of possibly slowing down the rate at which resources are allocated.

GROUP_QUOTA_MAX_ALLOCATION_ROUNDS
An integer that specifies the maximum number of times within one negotiation cycle the condor_negotiator will calculate how many slots each group deserves and attempt to allocate them. The default value is 3. The reason it may take more than one round is that some groups may not have jobs that match some of the available machines, so some of the slots that were withheld for those groups may not get allocated in any given round.

NEGOTIATOR_USE_SLOT_WEIGHTS
A boolean value with a default of True. When True, the condor_negotiator pays attention to the machine ClassAd attribute SlotWeight. When False, each slot effectively has a weight of 1.

NEGOTIATOR_USE_WEIGHTED_DEMAND
A boolean value that defaults to True. When False, the behavior is the same as for HTCondor versions prior to 7.9.6. If True, when the condor_schedd advertises IdleJobs in the submitter ClassAd, which represents the number of idle jobs in the queue for that submitter, it will also advertise the total number of requested cores across all idle jobs from that submitter, WeightedIdleJobs. If partitionable slots are being used, and if hierarchical group quotas are used, and if any hierarchical group quotas set GROUP_ACCEPT_SURPLUS to True, and if configuration variable SlotWeight is set to the number of cores, then setting this configuration variable to True allows the amount of surplus allocated to each group to be calculated correctly.

GROUP_SORT_EXPR
A floating point ClassAd expression that controls the order in which the condor_negotiator considers groups when allocating resources. The largest magnitude positive value goes first. The default value is set such that group <none> always goes last when considering hierarchical group quotas.

NEGOTIATOR_ALLOW_QUOTA_OVERSUBSCRIPTION
A boolean value that defaults to True. When True, the behavior of resource allocation when considering groups is more like it was in the 7.4 stable series of HTCondor. In implementation, when True, the static quotas of subgroups will not be scaled when the sum of these static quotas of subgroups sums to more than the group's static quota. This behavior is desirable when using static quotas, unless the sum of subgroup quotas is considerably less than the group's quota, as scaling is currently based on the number of machines available, not assigned quotas (for static quotas).


3.3.18 condor_procd Configuration File Macros

USE_PROCD
This boolean variable determines whether the condor_procd will be used for managing process families. If the condor_procd is not used, each daemon will run the process family tracking logic on its own. Use of the condor_procd results in improved scalability because only one instance of this logic is required. The condor_procd is required when using group ID-based process tracking (see Section 3.12.11). In this case, the USE_PROCD setting will be ignored and a condor_procd will always be used. By default, the condor_master will start a condor_procd that all other daemons that need process family tracking will use. A daemon that uses the condor_procd will start a condor_procd for use by itself and all of its child daemons.

PROCD_MAX_SNAPSHOT_INTERVAL
This setting determines the maximum time that the condor_procd will wait between probes of the system for information about the process families it is tracking.

PROCD_LOG
Specifies a log file for the condor_procd to use. Note that by design, the condor_procd does not include most of the other logic that is shared amongst the various HTCondor daemons. This means that the condor_procd does not include the normal HTCondor logging subsystem, and thus multiple debug levels are not supported. PROCD_LOG defaults to $(LOG)/ProcLog. Note that enabling D_PROCFAMILY in the debug level for any other daemon will cause it to log all interactions with the condor_procd.

MAX_PROCD_LOG
Controls the maximum length in bytes to which the condor_procd log will be allowed to grow. The log file will grow to the specified length, then be saved to a file with the suffix .old. The .old file is overwritten each time the log is saved, thus the maximum space devoted to logging will be twice the maximum length of this log file. A value of 0 specifies that the file may grow without bounds. The default is 10 Mbyte.

PROCD_ADDRESS
This specifies the address that the condor_procd will use to receive requests from other HTCondor daemons. On Unix, this should point to a file system location that can be used for a named pipe. On Windows, named pipes are also used but they do not exist in the file system. The default setting therefore depends on the platform: $(LOCK)/procd_pipe on Unix and \\.\pipe\procd_pipe on Windows.

USE_GID_PROCESS_TRACKING
A boolean value that defaults to False. When True, a job's initial process is assigned a dedicated GID which is further used by the condor_procd to reliably track all processes associated with a job. When True, values for MIN_TRACKING_GID and MAX_TRACKING_GID must also be set, or HTCondor will abort, logging an error message. See section 3.12.11 on page [*] for a detailed description.

MIN_TRACKING_GID
An integer value, that together with MAX_TRACKING_GID specify a range of GIDs to be assigned on a per slot basis for use by the condor_procd in tracking processes associated with a job. See section 3.12.11 on page [*] for a detailed description.

MAX_TRACKING_GID
An integer value, that together with MIN_TRACKING_GID specify a range of GIDs to be assigned on a per slot basis for use by the condor_procd in tracking processes associated with a job. See section 3.12.11 on page [*] for a detailed description.

BASE_CGROUP
The path to the directory used as the virtual file system for the implementation of Linux kernel cgroups. This variable has no default value, and if not defined, cgroup tracking will not be used. See section 3.12.12 on page [*] for a description of cgroup-based process tracking.


3.3.19 condor_credd Configuration File Macros

These macros affect the condor_credd.

CREDD_HOST
The host name of the machine running the condor_credd daemon.

CREDD_CACHE_LOCALLY
A boolean value that defaults to False. When True, the first successful password fetch operation to the condor_credd daemon causes the password to be stashed in a local, secure password store. Subsequent uses of that password do not require communication with the condor_credd daemon.

SKIP_WINDOWS_LOGON_NETWORK
A boolean value that defaults to False. When True, Windows authentication skips trying authentication with the LOGON_NETWORK method first, and attempts authentication with LOGON_INTERACTIVE method. This can be useful if many authentication failures are noticed, potentially leading to users getting locked out.


3.3.20 condor_gridmanager Configuration File Entries

These macros affect the condor_gridmanager.

GRIDMANAGER_LOG
Defines the path and file name for the log of the condor_gridmanager. The owner of the file is the condor user.

GRIDMANAGER_CHECKPROXY_INTERVAL
The number of seconds between checks for an updated X509 proxy credential. The default is 10 minutes (600 seconds).

GRIDMANAGER_PROXY_REFRESH_TIME
For GRAM jobs, the condor_gridmanager will not forward a refreshed proxy until the lifetime left for the proxy on the remote machine falls below this value. The value is in seconds and the default is 21600 (6 hours).

GRIDMANAGER_MINIMUM_PROXY_TIME
The minimum number of seconds before expiration of the X509 proxy credential for the gridmanager to continue operation. If seconds until expiration is less than this number, the gridmanager will shutdown and wait for a refreshed proxy credential. The default is 3 minutes (180 seconds).

HOLD_JOB_IF_CREDENTIAL_EXPIRES
True or False. Defaults to True. If True, and for grid universe jobs only, HTCondor-G will place a job on hold GRIDMANAGER_MINIMUM_PROXY_TIME seconds before the proxy expires. If False, the job will stay in the last known state, and HTCondor-G will periodically check to see if the job's proxy has been refreshed, at which point management of the job will resume.

GRIDMANAGER_CONTACT_SCHEDD_DELAY
The minimum number of seconds between connections to the condor_schedd. The default is 5 seconds.

GRIDMANAGER_JOB_PROBE_INTERVAL
The number of seconds between active probes for the status of a submitted job. The default is 1 minute (60 seconds). Intervals specific to grid types can be set by appending the name of the grid type to the configuration variable name, as the example
  GRIDMANAGER_JOB_PROBE_INTERVAL_GT5 = 300

GRIDMANAGER_JOB_PROBE_RATE
The maximum number of job status probes per second that will be issued to a given remote resource. The time between status probes for individual jobs may be lengthened beyond GRIDMANAGER_JOB_PROBE_INTERVAL to enforce this rate. The default is 5 probes per second. Rates specific to grid types can be set by appending the name of the grid type to the configuration variable name, as the example
  GRIDMANAGER_JOB_PROBE_RATE_GT5 = 15

GRIDMANAGER_RESOURCE_PROBE_INTERVAL
When a resource appears to be down, how often (in seconds) the condor_gridmanager should ping it to test if it is up again.

GRIDMANAGER_RESOURCE_PROBE_DELAY
The number of seconds between pings of a remote resource that is currently down. The default is 5 minutes (300 seconds).

GRIDMANAGER_EMPTY_RESOURCE_DELAY
The number of seconds that the condor_gridmanager retains information about a grid resource, once the condor_gridmanager has no active jobs on that resource. An active job is a grid universe job that is in the queue, for which JobStatus is anything other than Held. Defaults to 300 seconds.

GRIDMANAGER_MAX_SUBMITTED_JOBS_PER_RESOURCE
An integer value that limits the number of jobs that a condor_gridmanager daemon will submit to a resource. A comma-separated list of pairs that follows this integer limit will specify limits for specific remote resources. Each pair is a host name and the job limit for that host. Consider the example:
  GRIDMANAGER_MAX_SUBMITTED_JOBS_PER_RESOURCE = 200, foo.edu, 50, bar.com, 100
In this example, all resources have a job limit of 200, except foo.edu, which has a limit of 50, and bar.com, which has a limit of 100.

Limits specific to grid types can be set by appending the name of the grid type to the configuration variable name, as the example

  GRIDMANAGER_MAX_SUBMITTED_JOBS_PER_RESOURCE_CREAM = 300
In this example, the job limit for all CREAM resources is 300. Defaults to 1000.

GRIDMANAGER_MAX_JOBMANAGERS_PER_RESOURCE
For grid jobs of type gt2, limits the number of globus-job-manager processes that the condor_gridmanager lets run at a time on the remote head node. Allowing too many globus-job-managers to run causes severe load on the head note, possibly making it non-functional. This number may be exceeded if it is reduced through the use of condor_reconfig while the condor_gridmanager is running, or if some globus-job-managers take a few extra seconds to exit. The value 0 means there is no limit. The default value is 10.

GAHP
The full path to the binary of the GAHP server. This configuration variable is no longer used. Use GT2_GAHP at section 3.3.20 instead.

GAHP_ARGS
Arguments to be passed to the GAHP server. This configuration variable is no longer used.

GAHP_DEBUG_HIDE_SENSITIVE_DATA
A boolean value that determines when sensitive data such as security keys and passwords are hidden, when communication to or from a GAHP server is written to a daemon log. The default is True, hiding sensitive data.

GRIDMANAGER_GAHP_CALL_TIMEOUT
The number of seconds after which a pending GAHP command should time out. The default is 5 minutes (300 seconds).

GRIDMANAGER_MAX_PENDING_REQUESTS
The maximum number of GAHP commands that can be pending at any time. The default is 50.

GRIDMANAGER_CONNECT_FAILURE_RETRY_COUNT
The number of times to retry a command that failed due to a timeout or a failed connection. The default is 3.

GRIDMANAGER_GLOBUS_COMMIT_TIMEOUT
The duration, in seconds, of the two phase commit timeout to Globus for gt2 jobs only. This maps directly to the two_phase setting in the Globus RSL.

GLOBUS_GATEKEEPER_TIMEOUT
The number of seconds after which if a gt2 grid universe job fails to ping the gatekeeper, the job will be put on hold. Defaults to 5 days (in seconds).

EC2_RESOURCE_TIMEOUT
The number of seconds after which if an EC2 grid universe job fails to ping the EC2 service, the job will be put on hold. Defaults to -1, which implements an infinite length, such that a failure to ping the service will never put the job on hold.

GRAM_VERSION_DETECTION
A boolean value that defaults to True. When True, the condor_gridmanager treats grid types gt2 and gt5 identically, and queries each server to determine which protocol it is using. When False, the condor_gridmanager trusts the grid type provided in job attribute GridResource, and treats the server accordingly. Beware that identifying a gt2 server as gt5 can result in overloading the server, if a large number of jobs are submitted.

BATCH_GAHP_CHECK_STATUS_ATTEMPTS
The number of times a failed status command issued to the batch_gahp should be retried. These retries allow the condor_gridmanager to tolerate short-lived failures of the underlying batch system. The default value is 5.

C_GAHP_LOG
The complete path and file name of the HTCondor GAHP server's log. The default value is /tmp/CGAHPLog.$(USERNAME).

MAX_C_GAHP_LOG
The maximum size of the C_GAHP_LOG.

C_GAHP_WORKER_THREAD_LOG
The complete path and file name of the HTCondor GAHP worker process' log. The default value is /temp/CGAHPWorkerLog.$(USERNAME).

C_GAHP_CONTACT_SCHEDD_DELAY
The number of seconds that the condor_C-gahp daemon waits between consecutive connections to the remote condor_schedd in order to send batched sets of commands to be executed on that remote condor_schedd daemon. The default value is 5.

GLITE_LOCATION
The complete path to the directory containing the Glite software. The default value is $(LIBEXEC)/glite. The necessary Glite software is included with HTCondor, and is required for grid-type batch jobs.

CONDOR_GAHP
The complete path and file name of the HTCondor GAHP executable. The default value is $(SBIN)/condor_c-gahp.

EC2_GAHP
The complete path and file name of the EC2 GAHP executable. The default value is $(SBIN)/ec2_gahp.

GT2_GAHP
The complete path and file name of the GT2 GAHP executable. The default value is $(SBIN)/gahp_server.

BATCH_GAHP
The complete path and file name of the batch GAHP executable, to be used for PBS, LSF, SGE, and similar batch systems. The default location is $(GLITE_LOCATION)/bin/batch_gahp.

PBS_GAHP
The complete path and file name of the PBS GAHP executable. The use of the configuration variable BATCH_GAHP is preferred and encouraged, as this variable may no longer be supported in a future version of HTCondor. A value given with this configuration variable will override a value specified by BATCH_GAHP, and the value specified by BATCH_GAHP is the default if this variable is not defined.

LSF_GAHP
The complete path and file name of the LSF GAHP executable. The use of the configuration variable BATCH_GAHP is preferred and encouraged, as this variable may no longer be supported in a future version of HTCondor. A value given with this configuration variable will override a value specified by BATCH_GAHP, and the value specified by BATCH_GAHP is the default if this variable is not defined.

UNICORE_GAHP
The complete path and file name of the wrapper script that invokes the Unicore GAHP executable. The default value is $(SBIN)/unicore_gahp.

NORDUGRID_GAHP
The complete path and file name of the wrapper script that invokes the NorduGrid GAHP executable. The default value is $(SBIN)/nordugrid_gahp.

CREAM_GAHP
The complete path and file name of the CREAM GAHP executable. The default value is $(SBIN)/cream_gahp.

DELTACLOUD_GAHP
The complete path and file name of the Deltacloud GAHP executable. The default value is $(SBIN)/deltacloud_gahp.

SGE_GAHP
The complete path and file name of the SGE GAHP executable. The use of the configuration variable BATCH_GAHP is preferred and encouraged, as this variable may no longer be supported in a future version of HTCondor. A value given with this configuration variable will override a value specified by BATCH_GAHP, and the value specified by BATCH_GAHP is the default if this variable is not defined.

GCE_GAHP
The complete path and file name of the GCE GAHP executable. The default value is $(SBIN)/gce_gahp.

BOINC_GAHP
The complete path and file name of the BOINC GAHP executable. The default value is $(SBIN)/boinc_gahp.


3.3.21 condor_job_router Configuration File Entries

These macros affect the condor_job_router daemon.

JOB_ROUTER_DEFAULTS
Defined by a single ClassAd in New ClassAd syntax, used to provide default values for all routes in the condor_job_router daemon's routing table. Where an attribute is set outside of these defaults, that attribute value takes precedence.

JOB_ROUTER_ENTRIES
Specification of the job routing table. It is a list of ClassAds, in New ClassAd syntax, where each individual ClassAd is surrounded by square brackets, and the ClassAds are separated from each other by spaces. Each ClassAd describes one entry in the routing table, and each describes a site that jobs may be routed to.

A condor_reconfig command causes the condor_job_router daemon to rebuild the routing table. Routes are distinguished by a routing table entry's ClassAd attribute Name. Therefore, a Name change in an existing route has the potential to cause the inaccurate reporting of routes.

Instead of setting job routes using this configuration variable, they may be read from an external source using the JOB_ROUTER_ENTRIES_FILE or be dynamically generated by an external program via the JOB_ROUTER_ENTRIES_CMD configuration variable.

JOB_ROUTER_ENTRIES_FILE
A path and file name of a file that contains the ClassAds, in New ClassAd syntax, describing the routing table. The specified file is periodically reread to check for new information. This occurs every $(JOB_ROUTER_ENTRIES_REFRESH) seconds.

JOB_ROUTER_ENTRIES_CMD
Specifies the command line of an external program to run. The output of the program defines or updates the routing table, and the output must be given in New ClassAd syntax. The specified command is periodically rerun to regenerate or update the routing table. This occurs every $(JOB_ROUTER_ENTRIES_REFRESH) seconds. Specify the full path and file name of the executable within this command line, as no assumptions may be made about the current working directory upon command invocation. To enter spaces in any command-line arguments or in the command name itself, surround the right hand side of this definition with double quotes, and use single quotes around individual arguments that contain spaces. This is the same as when dealing with spaces within job arguments in an HTCondor submit description file.

JOB_ROUTER_ENTRIES_REFRESH
The number of seconds between updates to the routing table described by JOB_ROUTER_ENTRIES_FILE or JOB_ROUTER_ENTRIES_CMD. The default value is 0, meaning no periodic updates occur. With the default value of 0, the routing table can be modified when a condor_reconfig command is invoked or when the condor_job_router daemon restarts.

JOB_ROUTER_LOCK
This specifies the name of a lock file that is used to ensure that multiple instances of condor_job_router never run with the same JOB_ROUTER_NAME. Multiple instances running with the same name could lead to mismanagement of routed jobs. The default value is $(LOCK)/$(JOB_ROUTER_NAME)Lock.

JOB_ROUTER_SOURCE_JOB_CONSTRAINT
Specifies a global Requirements expression that must be true for all newly routed jobs, in addition to any Requirements specified within a routing table entry. In addition to the configurable constraints, the condor_job_router also has some hard-coded constraints. It avoids recursively routing jobs by requiring that the job's attribute RoutedBy does not match JOB_ROUTER_NAME . When not running as root, it also avoids routing jobs belonging to other users.

JOB_ROUTER_MAX_JOBS
An integer value representing the maximum number of jobs that may be routed, summed over all routes. The default value is -1, which means an unlimited number of jobs may be routed.

MAX_JOB_MIRROR_UPDATE_LAG
An integer value that administrators will rarely consider changing, representing the maximum number of seconds the condor_job_router daemon waits, before it decides that routed copies have gone awry, due to the failure of events to appear in the condor_schedd's job queue log file. The default value is 600. As the condor_job_router daemon uses the condor_schedd's job queue log file entries for synchronization of routed copies, when an expected log file event fails to appear after this wait period, the condor_job_router daemon acts presuming the expected event will never occur.

JOB_ROUTER_POLLING_PERIOD
An integer value representing the number of seconds between cycles in the condor_job_router daemon's task loop. The default is 10 seconds. A small value makes the condor_job_router daemon quick to see new candidate jobs for routing. A large value makes the condor_job_router daemon generate less overhead at the cost of being slower to see new candidates for routing. For very large job queues where a few minutes of routing latency is no problem, increasing this value to a few hundred seconds would be reasonable.

JOB_ROUTER_NAME
A unique identifier utilized to name multiple instances of the condor_job_router daemon on the same machine. Each instance must have a different name, or all but the first to start up will refuse to run. The default is "jobrouter".

Changing this value when routed jobs already exist is not currently gracefully handled. However, it can be done if one also uses condor_qedit to change the value of ManagedManager and RoutedBy from the old name to the new name. The following commands may be helpful:

condor_qedit -constraint 'RoutedToJobId =!= undefined && \
  ManagedManager == "insert_old_name"' \
  ManagedManager '"insert_new_name"'
condor_qedit -constraint 'RoutedBy == "insert_old_name"' \
  RoutedBy '"insert_new_name"'

JOB_ROUTER_RELEASE_ON_HOLD
A boolean value that defaults to True. It controls how the condor_job_router handles the routed copy when it goes on hold. When True, the condor_job_router leaves the original job ClassAd in the same state as when claimed. When False, the condor_job_router does not attempt to reset the original job ClassAd to a pre-claimed state upon yielding control of the job.

JOB_ROUTER_SCHEDD1_SPOOL
The path to the spool directory for the condor_schedd serving as the source of jobs for routing. If not specified, this defaults to $(SPOOL). If specified, this parameter must point to the spool directory of the condor_schedd identified by JOB_ROUTER_SCHEDD1_NAME.

JOB_ROUTER_SCHEDD2_SPOOL
The path to the spool directory for the condor_schedd to which the routed copy of the jobs are submitted. If not specified, this defaults to $(SPOOL). If specified, this parameter must point to the spool directory of the condor_schedd identified by JOB_ROUTER_SCHEDD2_NAME. Note that when condor_job_router is running as root and is submitting routed jobs to a different condor_schedd than the source condor_schedd, it is required that condor_job_router have permission to impersonate the job owners of the routed jobs. It is therefore usually necessary to configure QUEUE_SUPER_USER_MAY_IMPERSONATE in the configuration of the target condor_schedd.

JOB_ROUTER_SCHEDD1_NAME
The advertised daemon name of the condor_schedd serving as the source of jobs for routing. If not specified, this defaults to the local condor_schedd. If specified, this parameter must name the same condor_schedd whose spool is configured in JOB_ROUTER_SCHEDD1_SPOOL. If the named condor_schedd is not advertised in the local pool, JOB_ROUTER_SCHEDD1_POOL will also need to be set.

JOB_ROUTER_SCHEDD2_NAME
The advertised daemon name of the condor_schedd to which the routed copy of the jobs are submitted. If not specified, this defaults to the local condor_schedd. If specified, this parameter must name the same condor_schedd whose spool is configured in JOB_ROUTER_SCHEDD2_SPOOL. If the named condor_schedd is not advertised in the local pool, JOB_ROUTER_SCHEDD2_POOL will also need to be set. Note that when condor_job_router is running as root and is submitting routed jobs to a different condor_schedd than the source condor_schedd, it is required that condor_job_router have permission to impersonate the job owners of the routed jobs. It is therefore usually necessary to configure QUEUE_SUPER_USER_MAY_IMPERSONATE in the configuration of the target condor_schedd.

JOB_ROUTER_SCHEDD1_POOL
The Condor pool (condor_collector address) of the condor_schedd serving as the source of jobs for routing. If not specified, defaults to the local pool.

JOB_ROUTER_SCHEDD2_POOL
The Condor pool (condor_collector address) of the condor_schedd to which the routed copy of the jobs are submitted. If not specified, defaults to the local pool.


3.3.22 condor_lease_manager Configuration File Entries

These macros affect the condor_lease_manager.

The condor_lease_manager expects to use the syntax

 <subsystem name>.<parameter name>
in configuration. This allows multiple instances of the condor_lease_manager to be easily configured using the syntax
 <subsystem name>.<local name>.<parameter name>

LeaseManager.GETADS_INTERVAL
An integer value, given in seconds, that controls the frequency with which the condor_lease_manager pulls relevant resource ClassAds from the condor_collector. The default value is 60 seconds, with a minimum value of 2 seconds.

LeaseManager.UPDATE_INTERVAL
An integer value, given in seconds, that controls the frequency with which the condor_lease_manager sends its ClassAds to the condor_collector. The default value is 60 seconds, with a minimum value of 5 seconds.

LeaseManager.PRUNE_INTERVAL
An integer value, given in seconds, that controls the frequency with which the condor_lease_manager prunes its leases. This involves checking all leases to see if they have expired. The default value is 60 seconds, with no minimum value.

LeaseManager.DEBUG_ADS
A boolean value that defaults to False. When True, it enables extra debugging information about the resource ClassAds that it retrieves from the condor_collector and about the search ClassAds that it sends to the condor_collector.

LeaseManager.MAX_LEASE_DURATION
An integer value representing seconds which determines the maximum duration of a lease. This can be used to provide a hard limit on lease durations. Normally, the condor_lease_manager honors the MaxLeaseDuration attribute from the resource ClassAd. If this configuration variable is defined, it limits the effective maximum duration for all resources to this value. The default value is 1800 seconds.

Note that leases can be renewed, and thus can be extended beyond this limit. To provide a limit on the total duration of a lease, use LeaseManager.MAX_TOTAL_LEASE_DURATION.

LeaseManager.MAX_TOTAL_LEASE_DURATION
An integer value representing seconds used to limit the total duration of leases, over all its renewals. The default value is 3600 seconds.

LeaseManager.DEFAULT_MAX_LEASE_DURATION
The condor_lease_manager uses the MaxLeaseDuration attribute from the resource ClassAd to limit the lease duration. If this attribute is not present in a resource ClassAd, then this configuration variable is used instead. This integer value is given in units of seconds, with a default value of 60 seconds.

LeaseManager.CLASSAD_LOG
This variable defines a full path and file name to the location where the condor_lease_manager keeps persistent state information. This variable has no default value.

LeaseManager.QUERY_ADTYPE
This parameter controls the type of the query in the ClassAd sent to the condor_collector, which will control the types of ClassAds returned by the condor_collector. This parameter must be a valid ClassAd type name, with a default value of "Any".

LeaseManager.QUERY_CONSTRAINTS
A ClassAd expression that controls the constraint in the query sent to the condor_collector. It is used to further constrain the types of ClassAds from the condor_collector. There is no default value, resulting in no constraints being placed on query.


3.3.23 Grid Monitor Configuration File Entries

These macros affect the Grid Monitor.

ENABLE_GRID_MONITOR
A boolean value that when True enables the Grid Monitor. The Grid Monitor is used to reduce load on Globus gatekeepers. This parameter only affects grid jobs of type gt2. The variable GRID_MONITOR must also be correctly configured. Defaults to True. See section 5.3.2 on page [*] for more information.

GRID_MONITOR
The complete path name of the grid_monitor.sh tool used to reduce the load on Globus gatekeepers. This parameter only affects grid jobs of type gt2. This parameter is not referenced unless ENABLE_GRID_MONITOR is set to True (the default value).

GRID_MONITOR_HEARTBEAT_TIMEOUT
The integer number of seconds that may pass without hearing from a working Grid Monitor before it is assumed to be dead. Defaults to 300 (5 minutes). Increasing this number will improve the ability of the Grid Monitor to survive in the face of transient problems, but will also increase the time before HTCondor notices a problem.

GRID_MONITOR_RETRY_DURATION
When HTCondor-G attempts to start the Grid Monitor at a particular site, it will wait this many seconds to start hearing from the Grid Monitor. Defaults to 900 (15 minutes). If this duration passes without success, the Grid Monitor will be disabled for the site in question for the period of time set by GRID_MONITOR_DISABLE_TIME .

GRID_MONITOR_NO_STATUS_TIMEOUT
Jobs can disappear from the Grid Monitor's status reports for short periods of time under normal circumstances, but a prolonged absence is often a sign of problems on the remote machine. This variable sets the amount of time (in seconds) that a job can be absent before the condor_gridmanager reacts by restarting the GRAM jobmanager. The default is 900, which is 15 minutes.

GRID_MONITOR_DISABLE_TIME
When an error occurs with a Grid Monitor job, this parameter controls how long the condor_gridmanager will wait before attempting to start a new Grid Monitor job. The value is in seconds and the default is 3600 (1 hour).


3.3.24 Configuration File Entries Relating to Grid Usage

These macros affect the HTCondor's usage of grid resources.

GLEXEC_JOB
A boolean value that defaults to False. When True, it enables the use of glexec on the machine.

GLEXEC
The full path and file name of the glexec executable.

GLEXEC_RETRIES
An integer value that specifies the maximum number of times to retry a call to glexec when glexec exits with status 202 or 203, error codes that indicate a possible transient error condition. The default number of retries is 3.

GLEXEC_RETRY_DELAY
An integer value that specifies the minimum number of seconds to wait between retries of a failed call to glexec. The default is 5 seconds. The actual delay to be used is determined by a random exponential backoff algorithm that chooses a delay with a minimum of the value of GLEXEC_RETRY_DELAY and a maximum of 100 times that value.

GLEXEC_HOLD_ON_INITIAL_FAILURE
A boolean value that when False prevents a job from being put on hold when a failure is encountered during the glexec setup phase of managing a job. The default is True. glexec is invoked multiple times during each attempt to run a job. This configuration setting only disables putting the job on hold for the initial invocation. Subsequent failures during that run attempt always put the job on hold.


3.3.25 Configuration File Entries for DAGMan

These macros affect the operation of DAGMan and DAGMan jobs within HTCondor.

Note: Many, if not all, of these configuration variables will be most appropriately set on a per DAG basis, rather than in the global HTCondor configuration files. Per DAG configuration is explained in section 2.10.8.

DAGMAN_USER_LOG_SCAN_INTERVAL
An integer value representing the number of seconds that condor_dagman waits between checking job log files for status updates. Setting this value lower than the default increases the CPU time condor_dagman spends checking files, perhaps fruitlessly, but increases responsiveness to nodes completing or failing. The legal range of values is 1 to INT_MAX. If not defined, it defaults to 5 seconds.

DAGMAN_DEBUG_CACHE_ENABLE
A boolean value that determines if log line caching for the dagman.out file should be enabled in the condor_dagman process to increase performance (potentially by orders of magnitude) when writing the dagman.out file to an NFS server. Currently, this cache is only utilized in Recovery Mode. If not defined, it defaults to False.

DAGMAN_DEBUG_CACHE_SIZE
An integer value representing the number of bytes of log lines to be stored in the log line cache. When the cache surpasses this number, the entries are written out in one call to the logging subsystem. A value of zero is not recommended since each log line would surpass the cache size and be emitted in addition to bracketing log lines explaining that the flushing was happening. The legal range of values is 0 to INT_MAX. If defined with a value less than 0, the value 0 will be used. If not defined, it defaults to 5 Megabytes.

DAGMAN_MAX_SUBMITS_PER_INTERVAL
An integer that controls how many individual jobs condor_dagman will submit in a row before servicing other requests (such as a condor_rm). The legal range of values is 1 to 1000. If defined with a value less than 1, the value 1 will be used. If defined with a value greater than 1000, the value 1000 will be used. If not defined, it defaults to 5.

DAGMAN_MAX_SUBMIT_ATTEMPTS
An integer that controls how many times in a row condor_dagman will attempt to execute condor_submit for a given job before giving up. Note that consecutive attempts use an exponential backoff, starting with 1 second. The legal range of values is 1 to 16. If defined with a value less than 1, the value 1 will be used. If defined with a value greater than 16, the value 16 will be used. Note that a value of 16 would result in condor_dagman trying for approximately 36 hours before giving up. If not defined, it defaults to 6 (approximately two minutes before giving up).

DAGMAN_SUBMIT_DELAY
An integer that controls the number of seconds that condor_dagman will sleep before submitting consecutive jobs. It can be increased to help reduce the load on the condor_schedd daemon. The legal range of values is any non negative integer. If defined with a value less than 0, the value 0 will be used.

DAGMAN_STARTUP_CYCLE_DETECT
A boolean value that defaults to False. When True, causes condor_dagman to check for cycles in the DAG before submitting DAG node jobs, in addition to its run time cycle detection.

DAGMAN_RETRY_SUBMIT_FIRST
A boolean value that controls whether a failed submit is retried first (before any other submits) or last (after all other ready jobs are submitted). If this value is set to True, when a job submit fails, the job is placed at the head of the queue of ready jobs, so that it will be submitted again before any other jobs are submitted. This had been the behavior of condor_dagman. If this value is set to False, when a job submit fails, the job is placed at the tail of the queue of ready jobs. If not defined, it defaults to True.

DAGMAN_RETRY_NODE_FIRST
A boolean value that controls whether a failed node with retries is retried first (before any other ready nodes) or last (after all other ready nodes). If this value is set to True, when a node with retries fails after the submit succeeded, the node is placed at the head of the queue of ready nodes, so that it will be tried again before any other jobs are submitted. If this value is set to False, when a node with retries fails, the node is placed at the tail of the queue of ready nodes. This had been the behavior of condor_dagman. If not defined, it defaults to False.

DAGMAN_MAX_JOBS_IDLE
An integer value that controls the maximum number of idle node jobs allowed within the DAG before condor_dagman temporarily stops submitting jobs. Once idle jobs start to run, condor_dagman will resume submitting jobs. If both the command line option and the configuration variable are specified, the command line option overrides the configuration variable. Unfortunately, DAGMAN_MAX_JOBS_IDLE currently counts each individual process within a cluster as a job, which is inconsistent with DAGMAN_MAX_JOBS_SUBMITTED. The default is that there is no limit on the maximum number of idle jobs. Note that nothing special is done to the submit description file. If a submit description file contains queue 5000 and DAGMAN_MAX_JOBS_IDLE is set to 250, this will result in 5000 jobs being submitted to the condor_schedd, not 250; in this case, no further jobs will then be submitted by condor_dagman until the number of idle jobs falls below 250.

DAGMAN_MAX_JOBS_SUBMITTED
An integer value that controls the maximum number of node jobs within the DAG that will be submitted to HTCondor at one time. Note that this variable has the same functionality as the -maxjobs command line option to condor_submit_dag. If both the command line option and the configuration parameter are specified, the command line option overrides the configuration variable. A single invocation of condor_submit counts as one job, even if the submit file produces a multi-job cluster. The default is that there is no limit on the maximum number of jobs run at one time.

DAGMAN_MUNGE_NODE_NAMES
A boolean value that controls whether condor_dagman automatically renames nodes when running multiple DAGs. The renaming is done to avoid possible name conflicts. If this value is set to True, all node names have the DAG number followed by the period character (.) prepended to them. For example, the first DAG specified on the condor_submit_dag command line is considered DAG number 0, the second is DAG number 1, etc. So if DAG number 2 has a node named B, that node will internally be renamed to 2.B. If not defined, DAGMAN_MUNGE_NODE_NAMES defaults to True.

DAGMAN_IGNORE_DUPLICATE_JOB_EXECUTION
This configuration variable is no longer used. The improved functionality of the DAGMAN_ALLOW_EVENTS macro eliminates the need for this variable.

For completeness, here is the definition for historical purposes: A boolean value that controls whether condor_dagman aborts or continues with a DAG in the rare case that HTCondor erroneously executes the job within a DAG node more than once. A bug in HTCondor very occasionally causes a job to run twice. Running a job twice is contrary to the semantics of a DAG. The configuration macro DAGMAN_IGNORE_DUPLICATE_JOB_EXECUTION determines whether condor_dagman considers this a fatal error or not. The default value is False; condor_dagman considers running the job more than once a fatal error, logs this fact, and aborts the DAG. When set to True, condor_dagman still logs this fact, but continues with the DAG.

This configuration macro is to remain at its default value except in the case where a site encounters the HTCondor bug in which DAG job nodes are executed twice, and where it is certain that having a DAG job node run twice will not corrupt the DAG. The logged messages within *.dagman.out files in the case of that a node job runs twice contain the string "EVENT ERROR."

DAGMAN_ALLOW_EVENTS
An integer that controls which bad events are considered fatal errors by condor_dagman. This macro replaces and expands upon the functionality of the DAGMAN_IGNORE_DUPLICATE_JOB_EXECUTION macro. If DAGMAN_ALLOW_EVENTS is set, it overrides the setting of DAGMAN_IGNORE_DUPLICATE_JOB_EXECUTION.

The DAGMAN_ALLOW_EVENTS value is a logical bitwise OR of the following values:

0= allow no bad events
1= allow all bad events, except the event "job re-run after terminated event"
2= allow terminated/aborted event combination
4= allow a "job re-run after terminated event" bug
8= allow garbage or orphan events
16 = allow an execute or terminate event before job's submit event
32 = allow two terminated events per job, as sometimes seen with grid jobs
64 = allow duplicated events in general

The default value is 114, which allows terminated/aborted event combination, allows an execute and/or terminated event before job's submit event, allows double terminated events, and allows general duplicate events.

As examples, a value of 6 instructs condor_dagman to allow both the terminated/aborted event combination and the "job re-run after terminated event" bug. A value of 0 means that any bad event will be considered a fatal error.

A value of 5 will never abort the DAG because of a bad event. But this value should almost never be used, because the "job re-run after terminated event" bug breaks the semantics of the DAG.

DAGMAN_DEBUG
This variable is described in section 3.3.4 as <SUBSYS>_DEBUG.

MAX_DAGMAN_LOG
This variable is described in section 3.3.4 as MAX_<SUBSYS>_LOG.

DAGMAN_CONDOR_SUBMIT_EXE
The executable that condor_dagman will use to submit HTCondor jobs. If not defined, condor_dagman looks for condor_submit in the path.

DAGMAN_STORK_SUBMIT_EXE
The executable that condor_dagman will use to submit Stork jobs. If not defined, condor_dagman looks for stork_submit in the path.

DAGMAN_CONDOR_RM_EXE
The executable that condor_dagman will use to remove HTCondor jobs. If not defined, condor_dagman looks for condor_rm in the path.

DAGMAN_STORK_RM_EXE
The executable that condor_dagman will use to remove Stork jobs. If not defined, condor_dagman looks for stork_rm in the path.

DAGMAN_PROHIBIT_MULTI_JOBS
A boolean value that controls whether condor_dagman prohibits node job submit description files that queue multiple job procs other than parallel universe. If a DAG references such a submit file, the DAG will abort during the initialization process. If not defined, DAGMAN_PROHIBIT_MULTI_JOBS defaults to False.

DAGMAN_LOG_ON_NFS_IS_ERROR
A boolean value that controls whether condor_dagman prohibits node job submit description files with job event log files on NFS. This value is ignored if CREATE_LOCKS_ON_LOCAL_DISK is True and ENABLE_USERLOG_LOCKING is True. If a DAG references such a submit description file and DAGMAN_LOG_ON_NFS_IS_ERROR is True, the DAG will abort during the initialization process. If DAGMAN_LOG_ON_NFS_IS_ERROR is False, a warning will be issued, but the DAG will still be submitted. It is strongly recommended that DAGMAN_LOG_ON_NFS_IS_ERROR remain set to the default value, because running a DAG with node job log files on NFS will often cause errors. If not defined, DAGMAN_LOG_ON_NFS_IS_ERROR defaults to True.

DAGMAN_ABORT_DUPLICATES
A boolean value that controls whether to attempt to abort duplicate instances of condor_dagman running the same DAG on the same machine. When condor_dagman starts up, if no DAG lock file exists, condor_dagman creates the lock file and writes its PID into it. If the lock file does exist, and DAGMAN_ABORT_DUPLICATES is set to True, condor_dagman checks whether a process with the given PID exists, and if so, it assumes that there is already another instance of condor_dagman running the same DAG. Note that this test is not foolproof: it is possible that, if condor_dagman crashes, the same PID gets reused by another process before condor_dagman gets rerun on that DAG. This should be quite rare, however. If not defined, DAGMAN_ABORT_DUPLICATES defaults to True.

DAGMAN_SUBMIT_DEPTH_FIRST
A boolean value that controls whether to submit ready DAG node jobs in (more-or-less) depth first order, as opposed to breadth-first order. Setting DAGMAN_SUBMIT_DEPTH_FIRST to True does not override dependencies defined in the DAG. Rather, it causes newly ready nodes to be added to the head, rather than the tail, of the ready node list. If there are no PRE scripts in the DAG, this will cause the ready nodes to be submitted depth-first. If there are PRE scripts, the order will not be strictly depth-first, but it will tend to favor depth rather than breadth in executing the DAG. If DAGMAN_SUBMIT_DEPTH_FIRST is set to True, consider also setting DAGMAN_RETRY_SUBMIT_FIRST and DAGMAN_RETRY_NODE_FIRST to True. If not defined, DAGMAN_SUBMIT_DEPTH_FIRST defaults to False.

DAGMAN_ON_EXIT_REMOVE
Defines the OnExitRemove ClassAd expression placed into the condor_dagman submit description file by condor_submit_dag. The default expression is designed to ensure that condor_dagman is automatically re-queued by the condor_schedd daemon if it exits abnormally or is killed (for example, during a reboot). If this results in condor_dagman staying in the queue when it should exit, consider changing to a less restrictive expression, as in the example
  (ExitBySignal == false || ExitSignal =!= 9)
If not defined, DAGMAN_ON_EXIT_REMOVE defaults to the expression
  ( ExitSignal =?= 11 || (ExitCode =!= UNDEFINED && ExitCode >=0 && ExitCode <= 2))

DAGMAN_ABORT_ON_SCARY_SUBMIT
A boolean value that controls whether to abort a DAG upon detection of a scary submit event. An example of a scary submit event is one in which the HTCondor ID does not match the expected value. Note that in all HTCondor versions prior to 6.9.3, condor_dagman did not abort a DAG upon detection of a scary submit event. This behavior is what now happens if DAGMAN_ABORT_ON_SCARY_SUBMIT is set to False. If not defined, DAGMAN_ABORT_ON_SCARY_SUBMIT defaults to True.

DAGMAN_PENDING_REPORT_INTERVAL
An integer value representing the number of seconds that controls how often condor_dagman will print a report of pending nodes to the dagman.out file. The report will only be printed if condor_dagman has been waiting at least DAGMAN_PENDING_REPORT_INTERVAL seconds without seeing any node job events, in order to avoid cluttering the dagman.out file. This feature is mainly intended to help diagnose condor_dagman processes that are stuck waiting indefinitely for a job to finish. If not defined, DAGMAN_PENDING_REPORT_INTERVAL defaults to 600 seconds (10 minutes).

DAGMAN_INSERT_SUB_FILE
A file name of a file containing submit description file commands to be inserted into the .condor.sub file created by condor_submit_dag. The specified file is inserted into the .condor.sub file before the queue command and before any commands specified with the -append condor_submit_dag command line option. Note that the DAGMAN_INSERT_SUB_FILE value can be overridden by the condor_submit_dag -insert_sub_file command line option.

DAGMAN_AUTO_RESCUE
A boolean value that controls whether condor_dagman automatically runs Rescue DAGs. If DAGMAN_AUTO_RESCUE is True and the DAG input file my.dag is submitted, and if a Rescue DAG such as the examples my.dag.rescue001 or my.dag.rescue002 exists, then the largest magnitude Rescue DAG will be run. If not defined, DAGMAN_AUTO_RESCUE defaults to True.

DAGMAN_MAX_RESCUE_NUM
An integer value that controls the maximum rescue DAG number that will be written, in the case that DAGMAN_OLD_RESCUE is False, or run if DAGMAN_AUTO_RESCUE is True. The maximum legal value is 999; the minimum value is 0, which prevents a rescue DAG from being written at all, or automatically run. If not defined, DAGMAN_MAX_RESCUE_NUM defaults to 100.

DAGMAN_WRITE_PARTIAL_RESCUE
A boolean value that controls whether condor_dagman writes a partial or a full DAG file as a Rescue DAG. As of HTCondor version 7.2.2, writing a partial DAG is preferred. If not defined, DAGMAN_WRITE_PARTIAL_RESCUE defaults to True.

DAGMAN_RESET_RETRIES_UPON_RESCUE
A boolean value that controls whether node retries are reset in a Rescue DAG. If this value is False, the number of node retries written in a Rescue DAG is decreased, if any retries were used in the original run of the DAG; otherwise, the original number of retries is allowed when running the Rescue DAG. If not defined, DAGMAN_RESET_RETRIES_UPON_RESCUE defaults to True.

DAGMAN_COPY_TO_SPOOL
A boolean value that when True copies the condor_dagman binary to the spool directory when a DAG is submitted. Setting this variable to True allows long-running DAGs to survive a DAGMan version upgrade. For running large numbers of small DAGs, leave this variable unset or set it to False. The default value if not defined is False.

DAGMAN_DEFAULT_NODE_LOG
The default name of a file to be used as a job event log by all node jobs of a DAG. Even if DAGMAN_ALWAYS_USE_NODE_LOG is set to False, the default log file will be used by any node jobs for which a log file is not defined in the job's submit description file.

The file name needs to be unique for each DAG, yet the standard job ClassAd attributes will not be available with the condor_dagman job run under the scheduler universe. Therefore, as of version HTCondor version 8.1.3, a special macro syntax uses @ instead of $ to indicate a special evaluation for acquiring values.

If not defined, @(DAG_DIR)/@(DAG_FILE).nodes.log is the default value.

Notes:

DAGMAN_GENERATE_SUBDAG_SUBMITS
A boolean value specifying whether condor_dagman itself should create the .condor.sub files for nested DAGs. If set to False, nested DAGs will fail unless the .condor.sub files are generated manually by running condor_submit_dag -no_submit on each nested DAG, or the -do_recurse flag is passed to condor_submit_dag for the top-level DAG. DAG nodes specified with the SUBDAG EXTERNAL keyword or with submit description file names ending in .condor.sub are considered nested DAGs. The default value if not defined is True.

DAGMAN_MAX_JOB_HOLDS
An integer value defining the maximum number of times a node job is allowed to go on hold. As a job goes on hold this number of times, it is removed from the queue. For example, if the value is 2, as the job goes on hold for the second time, it will be removed. At this time, this feature is not fully compatible with node jobs that have more than one ProcID. The number of holds of each process in the cluster count towards the total, rather than counting individually. So, this setting should take that possibility into account, possibly using a larger value. A value of 0 allows a job to go on hold any number of times. The default value if not defined is 100.

DAGMAN_VERBOSITY
An integer value defining the verbosity of output to the dagman.out file, as follows (each level includes all output from lower debug levels): The default value if not defined is 3.

DAGMAN_MAX_PRE_SCRIPTS
An integer defining the maximum number of PRE scripts that any given condor_dagman will run at the same time. The default value if not defined is 0, which means to allow any number of PRE scripts to run.

DAGMAN_MAX_POST_SCRIPTS
An integer defining the maximum number of POST scripts that any given condor_dagman will run at the same time. The default value if not defined is 0, which means to allow any number of POST scripts to run.

DAGMAN_ALLOW_LOG_ERROR
A boolean value defining whether condor_dagman will still attempt to run a node job, even if errors are detected in the job event log specification. This setting has an effect only on nodes that are Stork jobs (not HTCondor jobs). The default value if not defined is False.

DAGMAN_USE_STRICT
An integer defining the level of strictness condor_dagman will apply when turning warnings into fatal errors, as follows: Using a strictness value greater than 0 may help find problems with a DAG that may otherwise escape notice. The default value if not defined is 1.

DAGMAN_ALWAYS_RUN_POST
A boolean value defining whether condor_dagman will ignore the return value of a PRE script when deciding to run a POST script. The default is True, which says that the POST script will run regardless of the return value of the PRE script. Changing this to False will restore old behavior of condor_dagman, which is that the failure of a PRE script causes the POST script to not be executed.

DAGMAN_HOLD_CLAIM_TIME
An integer defining the number of seconds that condor_dagman will cause a hold on a claim after a job is finished, using the job ClassAd attribute KeepClaimIdle. The default value is 20. A value of 0 causes condor_dagman not to set the job ClassAd attribute.

DAGMAN_ALWAYS_USE_NODE_LOG
A boolean value defining whether condor_dagman reads events from its default node log file, as defined by DAGMAN_DEFAULT_NODE_LOG , instead of from the log file(s) defined in the node job submit description files. If DAGMAN_ALWAYS_USE_NODE_LOG is True, condor_dagman will read events only from the default log file, and POST script terminated events will be written only to the default log file, and not to the log file(s) defined in the node job submit description files. The default value is True. This variable must be False if condor_dagman from HTCondor version 7.9.0 or later is submitting jobs to a condor_schedd daemon or using a condor_submit executable that is older than HTCondor version 7.9.0. As of HTCondor version 8.1.4, a value of False is no longer recommended, and doing so will produce a warning. This option will probably be entirely disabled in the future. To run a DAG with DAGMAN_ALWAYS_USE_NODE_LOG set to False, also set DAGMAN_USE_STRICT to 0.

DAGMAN_SUPPRESS_NOTIFICATION
A boolean value defining whether jobs submitted by condor_dagman will use email notification when certain events occur. If True, all jobs submitted by condor_dagman will have the equivalent of the submit command notification = never set. This does not affect the notification for events relating to the condor_dagman job itself. Defaults to True, implementing behavior in which the user receives one notification email when the condor_dagman job completes, rather than thousands of notifications from each of the jobs submitted by condor_dagman.

DAGMAN_PEGASUS_REPORT_METRICS
The path to the condor_dagman_metrics_reporter executable, which is optionally used to anonymously report workflow metrics for Pegasus workflows. Defaults to $(LIBEXEC)/condor_dagman_metrics_reporter.

DAGMAN_PEGASUS_REPORT_TIMEOUT
An integer value specifying the maximum number of seconds that the condor_dagman_metrics_reporter will spend attempting to report metrics to the Pegasus metrics server. Defaults to 100.

DAGMAN_USE_OLD_DAG_READER
A boolean value defining whether condor_submit_dag uses code to read DAG input files that comes from HTCondor versions previous to version 8.0.6 or after. This code is used to discover any per-DAG configuration files and SUBDAG files if the -do_recurse option is used. This variable needs to be set in a machine or pool configuration file, or by setting the environment variable; it cannot work as part of a per-DAG configuration file. The default value if not defined is False. This configuration variable should not have to be changed from the default setting. It exists to gracefully handle the unlikely case in which a bug is found in the new code.


3.3.26 Configuration File Entries Relating to Security

These macros affect the secure operation of HTCondor. Many of these macros are described in section 3.6 on Security.

SEC_*_AUTHENTICATION
\fbox{This section has not yet been written}

SEC_*_ENCRYPTION
\fbox{This section has not yet been written}

SEC_*_INTEGRITY
\fbox{This section has not yet been written}

SEC_*_NEGOTIATION
\fbox{This section has not yet been written}

SEC_*_AUTHENTICATION_METHODS
\fbox{This section has not yet been written}

SEC_*_CRYPTO_METHODS
\fbox{This section has not yet been written}

GSI_DAEMON_NAME
This configuration variable is retired. Instead use ALLOW_CLIENT or DENY_CLIENT as appropriate. When used, this variable defined a comma separated list of the subject name(s) of the certificate(s) used by Condor daemons to which this configuration of Condor will connect. The * character may be used as a wild card character. When GSI_DAEMON_NAME is defined, only certificates matching GSI_DAEMON_NAME pass the authentication step, and no check is performed to require that the host name of the daemon matches the host name in the daemon's certificate. When GSI_DAEMON_NAME is not defined, the host name of the daemon and certificate must match unless exempted by the use of GSI_SKIP_HOST_CHECK and/or GSI_SKIP_HOST_CHECK_CERT_REGEX.

GSI_SKIP_HOST_CHECK
A boolean variable that controls whether a check is performed during GSI authentication of a Condor daemon. When the default value of False, the check is not skipped, so the daemon host name must match the host name in the daemon's certificate, unless otherwise exempted by the use of GSI_DAEMON_NAME or GSI_SKIP_HOST_CHECK_CERT_REGEX. When True, this check is skipped, and hosts will not be rejected due to a mismatch of certificate and host name.

GSI_SKIP_HOST_CHECK_CERT_REGEX
This may be set to a regular expression. GSI certificates of Condor daemons with a subject name that are matched in full by this regular expression are not required to have a matching daemon host name and certificate host name. The default is an empty regular expression, which will not match any certificates, even if they have an empty subject name.

HOST_ALIAS
Specifies the fully qualified host name that clients authenticating this daemon with GSI should expect the daemon's certificate to match. The alias is advertised to the condor_collector as part of the address of the daemon. When this is not set, clients validate the daemon's certificate host name by matching it against DNS A records for the host they are connected to. See GSI_SKIP_HOST_CHECK for ways to disable this validation step.

GSI_DAEMON_DIRECTORY
A directory name used in the construction of complete paths for the configuration variables GSI_DAEMON_CERT, GSI_DAEMON_KEY, and GSI_DAEMON_TRUSTED_CA_DIR, for any of these configuration variables are not explicitly set.

GSI_DAEMON_CERT
A complete path and file name to the X.509 certificate to be used in GSI authentication. If this configuration variable is not defined, and GSI_DAEMON_DIRECTORY is defined, then HTCondor uses GSI_DAEMON_DIRECTORY to construct the path and file name as
  GSI_DAEMON_CERT  = $(GSI_DAEMON_DIRECTORY)/hostcert.pem

GSI_DAEMON_KEY
A complete path and file name to the X.509 private key to be used in GSI authentication. If this configuration variable is not defined, and GSI_DAEMON_DIRECTORY is defined, then HTCondor uses GSI_DAEMON_DIRECTORY to construct the path and file name as
  GSI_DAEMON_KEY  = $(GSI_DAEMON_DIRECTORY)/hostkey.pem

GSI_DAEMON_TRUSTED_CA_DIR
The directory that contains the list of trusted certification authorities to be used in GSI authentication. The files in this directory are the public keys and signing policies of the trusted certification authorities. If this configuration variable is not defined, and GSI_DAEMON_DIRECTORY is defined, then HTCondor uses GSI_DAEMON_DIRECTORY to construct the directory path as
  GSI_DAEMON_TRUSTED_CA_DIR  = $(GSI_DAEMON_DIRECTORY)/certificates
The EC2 GAHP may use this directory in the specification a trusted CA.

GSI_DAEMON_PROXY
A complete path and file name to the X.509 proxy to be used in GSI authentication. When this configuration variable is defined, use of this proxy takes precedence over use of a certificate and key.

GSI_AUTHZ_CONF
A complete path and file name of the Globus mapping library that looks for the mapping call out configuration. There is no default value; as such, HTCondor uses the environment variable GSI_AUTHZ_CONF when this variable is not defined. Setting this variable to /dev/null disables callouts.

DELEGATE_JOB_GSI_CREDENTIALS
A boolean value that defaults to True for HTCondor version 6.7.19 and more recent versions. When True, a job's GSI X.509 credentials are delegated, instead of being copied. This results in a more secure communication when not encrypted.

DELEGATE_FULL_JOB_GSI_CREDENTIALS
A boolean value that controls whether HTCondor will delegate a full or limited GSI X.509 proxy. The default value of False indicates the limited GSI X.509 proxy.

DELEGATE_JOB_GSI_CREDENTIALS_LIFETIME
An integer value that specifies the maximum number of seconds for which delegated proxies should be valid. The default value is one day. A value of 0 indicates that the delegated proxy should be valid for as long as allowed by the credential used to create the proxy. The job may override this configuration setting by using the delegate_job_GSI_credentials_lifetime submit file command. This configuration variable currently only applies to proxies delegated for non-grid jobs and HTCondor-C jobs. It does not currently apply to globus grid jobs, which always behave as though the value is 0. This variable has no effect if DELEGATE_JOB_GSI_CREDENTIALS is False.

DELEGATE_JOB_GSI_CREDENTIALS_REFRESH
A floating point number between 0 and 1 that indicates the fraction of a proxy's lifetime at which point delegated credentials with a limited lifetime should be renewed. The renewal is attempted periodically at or near the specified fraction of the lifetime of the delegated credential. The default value is 0.25. This setting has no effect if DELEGATE_JOB_GSI_CREDENTIALS is False or if DELEGATE_JOB_GSI_CREDENTIALS_LIFETIME is 0. For non-grid jobs, the precise timing of the proxy refresh depends on SHADOW_CHECKPROXY_INTERVAL . To ensure that the delegated proxy remains valid, the interval for checking the proxy should be, at most, half of the interval for refreshing it.

GSI_DELEGATION_KEYBITS
The integer number of bits in the GSI key. If set to 0, the number of bits will be that preferred by the GSI library. If set to less than 1024, the value will be ignored, and the key size will be the default size of 1024 bits. Setting the value greater than 4096 is likely to cause long compute times.

GSI_DELEGATION_CLOCK_SKEW_ALLOWABLE
The number of seconds of clock skew permitted for delegated proxies. The default value is 300 (5 minutes). This default value is also used if this variable is set to 0.

GRIDMAP
The complete path and file name of the Globus Gridmap file. The Gridmap file is used to map X.509 distinguished names to HTCondor user ids.

SEC_<access-level>_SESSION_DURATION
The amount of time in seconds before a communication session expires. A session is a record of necessary information to do communication between a client and daemon, and is protected by a shared secret key. The session expires to reduce the window of opportunity where the key may be compromised by attack. A short session duration increases the frequency with which daemons have to reauthenticate with each other, which may impact performance.

If the client and server are configured with different durations, the shorter of the two will be used. The default for daemons is 86400 seconds (1 day) and the default for command-line tools is 60 seconds. The shorter default for command-line tools is intended to prevent daemons from accumulating a large number of communication sessions from the short-lived tools that contact them over time. A large number of security sessions consumes a large amount of memory. It is therefore important when changing this configuration setting to preserve the small session duration for command-line tools.

One example of how to safely change the session duration is to explicitly set a short duration for tools and condor_submit and a longer duration for everything else:

SEC_DEFAULT_SESSION_DURATION = 50000
TOOL.SEC_DEFAULT_SESSION_DURATION = 60
SUBMIT.SEC_DEFAULT_SESSION_DURATION = 60

Another example of how to safely change the session duration is to explicitly set the session duration for a specific daemon:

COLLECTOR.SEC_DEFAULT_SESSION_DURATION = 50000

SEC_<access-level>_SESSION_LEASE
The maximum number of seconds an unused security session will be kept in a daemon's session cache before being removed to save memory. The default is 3600. If the server and client have different configurations, the smaller one will be used.

SEC_INVALIDATE_SESSIONS_VIA_TCP
Use TCP (if True) or UDP (if False) for responding to attempts to use an invalid security session. This happens, for example, if a daemon restarts and receives incoming commands from other daemons that are still using a previously established security session. The default is True.

FS_REMOTE_DIR
The location of a file visible to both server and client in Remote File System authentication. The default when not defined is the directory /shared/scratch/tmp.

ENCRYPT_EXECUTE_DIRECTORY
The execute directory for jobs on Windows platforms may be encrypted by setting this configuration variable to True. Defaults to False. The method of encryption uses the EFS (Encrypted File System) feature of Windows NTFS v5.

SEC_TCP_SESSION_TIMEOUT
The length of time in seconds until the timeout on individual network operations when establishing a UDP security session via TCP. The default value is 20 seconds. Scalability issues with a large pool would be the only basis for a change from the default value.

SEC_TCP_SESSION_DEADLINE
An integer representing the total length of time in seconds until giving up when establishing a security session. Whereas SEC_TCP_SESSION_TIMEOUT specifies the timeout for individual blocking operations (connect, read, write), this setting specifies the total time across all operations, including non-blocking operations that have little cost other than holding open the socket. The default value is 120 seconds. The intention of this setting is to avoid waiting for hours for a response in the rare event that the other side freezes up and the socket remains in a connected state. This problem has been observed in some types of operating system crashes.

SEC_DEFAULT_AUTHENTICATION_TIMEOUT
The length of time in seconds that HTCondor should attempt authenticating network connections before giving up. The default is 20 seconds. Like other security settings, the portion of the configuration variable name, DEFAULT, may be replaced by a different access level to specify the timeout to use for different types of commands, for example SEC_CLIENT_AUTHENTICATION_TIMEOUT.

SEC_PASSWORD_FILE
For Unix machines, the path and file name of the file containing the pool password for password authentication.

AUTH_SSL_SERVER_CAFILE
The path and file name of a file containing one or more trusted CA's certificates for the server side of a communication authenticating with SSL.

AUTH_SSL_CLIENT_CAFILE
The path and file name of a file containing one or more trusted CA's certificates for the client side of a communication authenticating with SSL.

AUTH_SSL_SERVER_CADIR
The path to a directory that may contain the certificates (each in its own file) for multiple trusted CAs for the server side of a communication authenticating with SSL. When defined, the authenticating entity's certificate is utilized to identify the trusted CA's certificate within the directory.

AUTH_SSL_CLIENT_CADIR
The path to a directory that may contain the certificates (each in its own file) for multiple trusted CAs for the client side of a communication authenticating with SSL. When defined, the authenticating entity's certificate is utilized to identify the trusted CA's certificate within the directory.

AUTH_SSL_SERVER_CERTFILE
The path and file name of the file containing the public certificate for the server side of a communication authenticating with SSL.

AUTH_SSL_CLIENT_CERTFILE
The path and file name of the file containing the public certificate for the client side of a communication authenticating with SSL.

AUTH_SSL_SERVER_KEYFILE
The path and file name of the file containing the private key for the server side of a communication authenticating with SSL.

AUTH_SSL_CLIENT_KEYFILE
The path and file name of the file containing the private key for the client side of a communication authenticating with SSL.

CERTIFICATE_MAPFILE
A path and file name of the unified map file.

SEC_ENABLE_MATCH_PASSWORD_AUTHENTICATION
This is a special authentication mechanism designed to minimize overhead in the condor_schedd when communicating with the execute machine. Essentially, matchmaking results in a secret being shared between the condor_schedd and condor_startd, and this is used to establish a strong security session between the execute and submit daemons without going through the usual security negotiation protocol. This is especially important when operating at large scale over high latency networks (for example, on a pool with one condor_schedd daemon and thousands of condor_startd daemons on a network with a 0.1 second round trip time).

The default value for this configuration option is False. To have any effect, it must be True in the configuration of both the execute side (condor_startd) as well as the submit side (condor_schedd). When this authentication method is used, all other security negotiation between the submit and execute daemons is bypassed. All inter-daemon communication between the submit and execute side will use the condor_startd daemon's settings for SEC_DAEMON_ENCRYPTION and SEC_DAEMON_INTEGRITY; the configuration of these values in the condor_schedd, condor_shadow, and condor_starter are ignored.

Important: For strong security, at least one of the two, integrity or encryption, should be enabled in the startd configuration. Also, some form of strong mutual authentication (e.g. GSI) should be enabled between all daemons and the central manager or the shared secret which is exchanged in matchmaking cannot be safely encrypted when transmitted over the network.

The condor_schedd and condor_shadow will be authenticated as submit-side@matchsession when they talk to the condor_startd and condor_starter. The condor_startd and condor_starter will be authenticated as execute-side@matchsession when they talk to the condor_schedd and condor_shadow. On the submit side, authorization of the execute side happens automatically. On the execute side, it is necessary to explicitly authorize the submit side. Example:

  ALLOW_DAEMON = submit-side@matchsession/192.168.123.*

Replace the example netmask with something suitable for your situation.

KERBEROS_SERVER_KEYTAB
The path and file name of the keytab file that holds the necessary Kerberos principals. If not defined, this variable's value is set by the installed Kerberos; it is /etc/v5srvtab on most systems.

KERBEROS_SERVER_PRINCIPAL
An exact Kerberos principal to use. The default value is host/<hostname>@<realm>, as set by the installed Kerberos. Where both KERBEROS_SERVER_PRINCIPAL and KERBEROS_SERVER_SERVICE are defined, this value takes precedence.

KERBEROS_SERVER_USER
The user name that the Kerberos server principal will map to after authentication. The default value is condor.

KERBEROS_SERVER_SERVICE
A string representing the Kerberos service name. This string is prepended with a slash character (/) and the host name in order to form the Kerberos server principal. This value defaults to host, resulting in the same default value as specified by using KERBEROS_SERVER_PRINCIPAL. Where both KERBEROS_SERVER_PRINCIPAL and KERBEROS_SERVER_SERVICE are defined, the value of KERBEROS_SERVER_PRINCIPAL takes precedence.

KERBEROS_CLIENT_KEYTAB
The path and file name of the keytab file for the client in Kerberos authentication. This variable has no default value.


3.3.27 Configuration File Entries Relating to Virtual Machines

These macros affect how HTCondor runs vm universe jobs on a matched machine within the pool. They specify items related to the condor_vm-gahp.

VM_GAHP_SERVER
The complete path and file name of the condor_vm-gahp. The default value is $(SBIN)/condor_vm-gahp.

VM_GAHP_LOG
The complete path and file name of the condor_vm-gahp log. If not specified on a Unix platform, the condor_starter log will be used for condor_vm-gahp log items. There is no default value for this required configuration variable on Windows platforms.

MAX_VM_GAHP_LOG
Controls the maximum length (in bytes) to which the condor_vm-gahp log will be allowed to grow.

VM_TYPE
Specifies the type of supported virtual machine software. It will be the value kvm, xen or vmware. There is no default value for this required configuration variable.

VM_MEMORY
An integer specifying the maximum amount of memory in Mbytes to be shared among the VM universe jobs run on this machine.

VM_MAX_NUMBER
An integer limit on the number of executing virtual machines. When not defined, the default value is the same NUM_CPUS. When it evaluates to Undefined, as is the case when not defined with a numeric value, no meaningful limit is imposed.

VM_STATUS_INTERVAL
An integer number of seconds that defaults to 60, representing the interval between job status checks by the condor_starter to see if the job has finished. A minimum value of 30 seconds is enforced.

VM_GAHP_REQ_TIMEOUT
An integer number of seconds that defaults to 300 (five minutes), representing the amount of time HTCondor will wait for a command issued from the condor_starter to the condor_vm-gahp to be completed. When a command times out, an error is reported to the condor_startd.

VM_RECHECK_INTERVAL
An integer number of seconds that defaults to 600 (ten minutes), representing the amount of time the condor_startd waits after a virtual machine error as reported by the condor_starter, and before checking a final time on the status of the virtual machine. If the check fails, HTCondor disables starting any new vm universe jobs by removing the VM_Type attribute from the machine ClassAd.

VM_SOFT_SUSPEND
A boolean value that defaults to False, causing HTCondor to free the memory of a vm universe job when the job is suspended. When True, the memory is not freed.

VM_UNIV_NOBODY_USER
Identifies a login name of a user with a home directory that may be used for job owner of a vm universe job. The nobody user normally utilized when the job arrives from a different UID domain will not be allowed to invoke a VMware virtual machine.

ALWAYS_VM_UNIV_USE_NOBODY
A boolean value that defaults to False. When True, all vm universe jobs (independent of their UID domain) will run as the user defined in VM_UNIV_NOBODY_USER.

VM_NETWORKING
A boolean variable describing if networking is supported. When not defined, the default value is False.

VM_NETWORKING_TYPE
A string describing the type of networking, required and relevant only when VM_NETWORKING is True. Defined strings are
    bridge
    nat
    nat, bridge

VM_NETWORKING_DEFAULT_TYPE
Where multiple networking types are given in VM_NETWORKING_TYPE, this optional configuration variable identifies which to use. Therefore, for
  VM_NETWORKING_TYPE = nat, bridge
this variable may be defined as either nat or bridge. Where multiple networking types are given in VM_NETWORKING_TYPE, and this variable is not defined, a default of nat is used.

VM_NETWORKING_BRIDGE_INTERFACE
For Xen and KVM only, a required string if bridge networking is to be enabled. It specifies the networking interface that vm universe jobs will use.

LIBVIRT_XML_SCRIPT
For Xen and KVM only, a path and executable specifying a program. When the condor_vm-gahp is ready to start a Xen or KVM vm universe job, it will invoke this program to generate the XML description of the virtual machine, which it then provides to the virtualization software. The job ClassAd will be provided to this program via standard input. This program should print the XML to standard output. If this configuration variable is not set, the condor_vm-gahp will generate the XML itself. The provided script in $(LIBEXEC)/libvirt_simple_script.awk will generate the same XML that the condor_vm-gahp would.

LIBVIRT_XML_SCRIPT_ARGS
For Xen and KVM only, the command-line arguments to be given to the program specified by LIBVIRT_XML_SCRIPT.

The following configuration variables are specific to the VMware virtual machine software.

VMWARE_PERL
The complete path and file name to Perl. There is no default value for this required variable.

VMWARE_SCRIPT
The complete path and file name of the script that controls VMware. There is no default value for this required variable.

VMWARE_NETWORKING_TYPE
An optional string used in networking that the condor_vm-gahp inserts into the VMware configuration file to define a networking type. Defined types are nat or bridged. If a default value is needed, the inserted string will be nat.

VMWARE_NAT_NETWORKING_TYPE
An optional string used in networking that the condor_vm-gahp inserts into the VMware configuration file to define a networking type. If nat networking is used, this variable's definition takes precedence over one defined by VMWARE_NETWORKING_TYPE.

VMWARE_BRIDGE_NETWORKING_TYPE
An optional string used in networking that the condor_vm-gahp inserts into the VMware configuration file to define a networking type. If bridge networking is used, this variable's definition takes precedence over one defined by VMWARE_NETWORKING_TYPE.

VMWARE_LOCAL_SETTINGS_FILE
The complete path and file name to a file, whose contents will be inserted into the VMware description file (i.e., the .vmx file) before HTCondor starts the virtual machine. This parameter is optional.

The following configuration variables are specific to the Xen virtual machine software.

XEN_BOOTLOADER
A required full path and executable for the Xen bootloader, if the kernel image includes a disk image.

The following two macros affect the configuration of HTCondor where HTCondor is running on a host machine, the host machine is running an inner virtual machine, and HTCondor is also running on that inner virtual machine. These two variables have nothing to do with the vm universe.

VMP_HOST_MACHINE
A configuration variable for the inner virtual machine, which specifies the host name.

VMP_VM_LIST
For the host, a comma separated list of the host names or IP addresses for machines running inner virtual machines on a host.


3.3.28 Configuration File Entries Relating to High Availability

These macros affect the high availability operation of HTCondor.

MASTER_HA_LIST
Similar to DAEMON_LIST, this macro defines a list of daemons that the condor_master starts and keeps its watchful eyes on. However, the MASTER_HA_LIST daemons are run in a High Availability mode. The list is a comma or space separated list of subsystem names (as listed in section 3.3.1). For example,
        MASTER_HA_LIST = SCHEDD

The High Availability feature allows for several condor_master daemons (most likely on separate machines) to work together to insure that a particular service stays available. These condor_master daemons ensure that one and only one of them will have the listed daemons running.

To use this feature, the lock URL must be set with HA_LOCK_URL.

Currently, only file URLs are supported (those with file:... ). The default value for MASTER_HA_LIST is the empty string, which disables the feature.

HA_LOCK_URL
This macro specifies the URL that the condor_master processes use to synchronize for the High Availability service. Currently, only file URLs are supported; for example, file:/share/spool. Note that this URL must be identical for all condor_master processes sharing this resource. For condor_schedd sharing, we recommend setting up SPOOL on an NFS share and having all High Availability condor_schedd processes sharing it, and setting the HA_LOCK_URL to point at this directory as well. For example:
        MASTER_HA_LIST = SCHEDD
        SPOOL = /share/spool
        HA_LOCK_URL = file:/share/spool
        VALID_SPOOL_FILES = SCHEDD.lock

A separate lock is created for each High Availability daemon.

There is no default value for HA_LOCK_URL.

Lock files are in the form <SUBSYS>.lock. condor_preen is not currently aware of the lock files and will delete them if they are placed in the SPOOL directory, so be sure to add <SUBSYS>.lock to VALID_SPOOL_FILES for each High Availability daemon.

HA_<SUBSYS>_LOCK_URL
This macro controls the High Availability lock URL for a specific subsystem as specified in the configuration variable name, and it overrides the system-wide lock URL specified by HA_LOCK_URL. If not defined for each subsystem, HA_<SUBSYS>_LOCK_URL is ignored, and the value of HA_LOCK_URL is used.

HA_LOCK_HOLD_TIME
This macro specifies the number of seconds that the condor_master will hold the lock for each High Availability daemon. Upon gaining the shared lock, the condor_master will hold the lock for this number of seconds. Additionally, the condor_master will periodically renew each lock as long as the condor_master and the daemon are running. When the daemon dies, or the condor_master exists, the condor_master will immediately release the lock(s) it holds.

HA_LOCK_HOLD_TIME defaults to 3600 seconds (one hour).

HA_<SUBSYS>_LOCK_HOLD_TIME
This macro controls the High Availability lock hold time for a specific subsystem as specified in the configuration variable name, and it overrides the system wide poll period specified by HA_LOCK_HOLD_TIME. If not defined for each subsystem, HA_<SUBSYS>_LOCK_HOLD_TIME is ignored, and the value of HA_LOCK_HOLD_TIME is used.

HA_POLL_PERIOD
This macro specifies how often the condor_master polls the High Availability locks to see if any locks are either stale (meaning not updated for HA_LOCK_HOLD_TIME seconds), or have been released by the owning condor_master. Additionally, the condor_master renews any locks that it holds during these polls.

HA_POLL_PERIOD defaults to 300 seconds (five minutes).

HA_<SUBSYS>_POLL_PERIOD
This macro controls the High Availability poll period for a specific subsystem as specified in the configuration variable name, and it overrides the system wide poll period specified by HA_POLL_PERIOD. If not defined for each subsystem, HA_<SUBSYS>_POLL_PERIOD is ignored, and the value of HA_POLL_PERIOD is used.

MASTER_<SUBSYS>_CONTROLLER
Used only in HA configurations involving the condor_had.

The condor_master has the concept of a controlling and controlled daemon, typically with the condor_had daemon serving as the controlling process. In this case, all condor_on and condor_off commands directed at controlled daemons are given to the controlling daemon, which then handles the command, and, when required, sends appropriate commands to the condor_master to do the actual work. This allows the controlling daemon to know the state of the controlled daemon.

As of 6.7.14, this configuration variable must be specified for all configurations using condor_had. To configure the condor_negotiator controlled by condor_had:

MASTER_NEGOTIATOR_CONTROLLER = HAD

The macro is named by substituting <SUBSYS> with the appropriate subsystem string as defined in section 3.3.1.

HAD_LIST
A comma-separated list of all condor_had daemons in the form IP:port or hostname:port. Each central manager machine that runs the condor_had daemon should appear in this list. If HAD_USE_PRIMARY is set to True, then the first machine in this list is the primary central manager, and all others in the list are backups.

All central manager machines must be configured with an identical HAD_LIST. The machine addresses are identical to the addresses defined in COLLECTOR_HOST.

HAD_USE_PRIMARY
Boolean value to determine if the first machine in the HAD_LIST configuration variable is a primary central manager. Defaults to False.

HAD_CONTROLLEE
This variable is used to specify the name of the daemon which the condor_had daemon controls. This name should match the daemon name in the condor_master daemon's DAEMON_LIST definition. The default value is NEGOTIATOR.

HAD_CONNECTION_TIMEOUT
The time (in seconds) that the condor_had daemon waits before giving up on the establishment of a TCP connection. The failure of the communication connection is the detection mechanism for the failure of a central manager machine. For a LAN, a recommended value is 2 seconds. The use of authentication (by HTCondor) increases the connection time. The default value is 5 seconds. If this value is set too low, condor_had daemons will incorrectly assume the failure of other machines.

HAD_ARGS
Command line arguments passed by the condor_master daemon as it invokes the condor_had daemon. To make high availability work, the condor_had daemon requires the port number it is to use. This argument is of the form
   -p $(HAD_PORT_NUMBER)
where HAD_PORT_NUMBER is a helper configuration variable defined with the desired port number. Note that this port number must be the same value here as used in HAD_LIST. There is no default value.

HAD
The path to the condor_had executable. Normally it is defined relative to $(SBIN). This configuration variable has no default value.

MAX_HAD_LOG
Controls the maximum length in bytes to which the condor_had daemon log will be allowed to grow. It will grow to the specified length, then be saved to a file with the suffix .old. The .old file is overwritten each time the log is saved, thus the maximum space devoted to logging is twice the maximum length of this log file. A value of 0 specifies that this file may grow without bounds. The default is 1 Mbyte.

HAD_DEBUG
Logging level for the condor_had daemon. See <SUBSYS>_DEBUG for values.

HAD_LOG
Full path and file name of the log file. The default value is $(LOG)/HADLog.

REPLICATION_LIST
A comma-separated list of all condor_replication daemons in the form IP:port or hostname:port. Each central manager machine that runs the condor_had daemon should appear in this list. All potential central manager machines must be configured with an identical REPLICATION_LIST.

STATE_FILE
A full path and file name of the file protected by the replication mechanism. When not defined, the default path and file used is
  $(SPOOL)/Accountantnew.log

REPLICATION_INTERVAL
Sets how often the condor_replication daemon initiates its tasks of replicating the $(STATE_FILE). It is defined in seconds and defaults to 300 (5 minutes).

MAX_TRANSFERER_LIFETIME
A timeout period within which the process that transfers the state file must complete its transfer. The recommended value is 2 * average size of state file / network rate. It is defined in seconds and defaults to 300 (5 minutes).

HAD_UPDATE_INTERVAL
Like UPDATE_INTERVAL, determines how often the condor_had is to send a ClassAd update to the condor_collector. Updates are also sent at each and every change in state. It is defined in seconds and defaults to 300 (5 minutes).

HAD_USE_REPLICATION
A boolean value that defaults to False. When True, the use of condor_replication daemons is enabled.

REPLICATION_ARGS
Command line arguments passed by the condor_master daemon as it invokes the condor_replication daemon. To make high availability work, the condor_replication daemon requires the port number it is to use. This argument is of the form
  -p $(REPLICATION_PORT_NUMBER)
where REPLICATION_PORT_NUMBER is a helper configuration variable defined with the desired port number. Note that this port number must be the same value as used in REPLICATION_LIST. There is no default value.

REPLICATION
The full path and file name of the condor_replication executable. It is normally defined relative to $(SBIN). There is no default value.

MAX_REPLICATION_LOG
Controls the maximum length in bytes to which the condor_replication daemon log will be allowed to grow. It will grow to the specified length, then be saved to a file with the suffix .old. The .old file is overwritten each time the log is saved, thus the maximum space devoted to logging is twice the maximum length of this log file. A value of 0 specifies that this file may grow without bounds. The default is 1 Mbyte.

REPLICATION_DEBUG
Logging level for the condor_replication daemon. See <SUBSYS>_DEBUG for values.

REPLICATION_LOG
Full path and file name to the log file. The default value is $(LOG)/ReplicationLog.

TRANSFERER
The full path and file name of the condor_transferer executable. The default value is $(LIBEXEC)/condor_transferer.

TRANSFERER_LOG
Full path and file name to the log file. The default value is $(LOG)/TransfererLog.

TRANSFERER_DEBUG
Logging level for the condor_transferer daemon. See <SUBSYS>_DEBUG for values.

MAX_TRANSFERER_LOG
Controls the maximum length in bytes to which the condor_transferer daemon log will be allowed to grow. A value of 0 specifies that this file may grow without bounds. The default is 1 Mbyte.


3.3.29 MyProxy Configuration File Macros

In some cases, HTCondor can autonomously refresh GSI certificate proxies via MyProxy, available from http://myproxy.ncsa.uiuc.edu/.

MYPROXY_GET_DELEGATION
The full path name to the myproxy-get-delegation executable, installed as part of the MyProxy software. Often, it is necessary to wrap the actual executable with a script that sets the environment, such as the LD_LIBRARY_PATH, correctly. If this macro is defined, HTCondor-G and condor_credd will have the capability to autonomously refresh proxy certificates. By default, this macro is undefined.


3.3.30 Configuration File Macros Affecting APIs

ENABLE_SOAP
A boolean value that defaults to False. When True, HTCondor daemons will respond to HTTP PUT commands as if they were SOAP calls. When False, all HTTP PUT commands are denied.

ENABLE_WEB_SERVER
A boolean value that defaults to False. When True, HTCondor daemons will respond to HTTP GET commands, and send the static files sitting in the subdirectory defined by the configuration variable WEB_ROOT_DIR. In addition, web commands are considered a READ command, so the client will be checked by host-based security.

SOAP_LEAVE_IN_QUEUE
A boolean expression that when True, causes a job in the completed state to remain in the queue, instead of being removed based on the completion of file transfer. If provided, this expression will be logically ANDed with the default behavior of leaving the job in the queue until FilesRetrieved becomes True.

WEB_ROOT_DIR
A complete path to the directory containing all the files served by the web server.

<SUBSYS>_ENABLE_SOAP_SSL
A boolean value that defaults to False. When True, enables SOAP over SSL for the specified <SUBSYS>. Any specific <SUBSYS>_ENABLE_SOAP_SSL setting overrides the value of ENABLE_SOAP_SSL.

ENABLE_SOAP_SSL
A boolean value that defaults to False. When True, enables SOAP over SSL for all daemons.

<SUBSYS>_SOAP_SSL_PORT
The port number on which SOAP over SSL messages are accepted, when SOAP over SSL is enabled. The <SUBSYS> must be specified, because multiple daemons running on a single machine may not share a port. This parameter is required when SOAP over SSL is enabled. There is no default value.

The macro is named by substituting <SUBSYS> with the appropriate subsystem string as defined in section 3.3.1.

SOAP_SSL_SERVER_KEYFILE
The complete path and file name to specify the daemon's identity, as used in authentication when SOAP over SSL is enabled. The file is to be an OpenSSL PEM file containing a certificate and private key. This parameter is required when SOAP over SSL is enabled. There is no default value.

SOAP_SSL_SERVER_KEYFILE_PASSWORD
An optional complete path and file name to specify a password for unlocking the daemon's private key. There is no default value.

SOAP_SSL_CA_FILE
The complete path and file name to specify a file containing certificates of trusted Certificate Authorities (CAs). Only clients who present a certificate signed by a trusted CA will be authenticated. When SOAP over SSL is enabled, this parameter or SOAP_SSL_CA_DIR must be set. There is no default value. The EC2 GAHP may use this file to specify a trusted CA.

SOAP_SSL_CA_DIR
The complete path to a directory containing certificates of trusted Certificate Authorities (CAs). Only clients who present a certificate signed by a trusted CA will be authenticated. When SOAP over SSL is enabled, this variable or the variable SOAP_SSL_CA_FILE must be defined. There is no default value. The EC2 GAHP may use this directory in the specification a trusted CA.

SOAP_SSL_DH_FILE
An optional complete path and file name to a DH file containing keys for a DH key exchange. There is no default value.

SOAP_SSL_SKIP_HOST_CHECK
When a SOAP server is authenticated via SSL, the server's host name is normally compared with the host name contained in the server's X.509 credential. If the two do not match, authentication fails. When this boolean variable is set to True, the host name comparison is disabled. The default value is False.


3.3.31 Configuration File Entries Relating to condor_ssh_to_job

These macros affect how HTCondor deals with condor_ssh_to_job, a tool that allows users to interactively debug jobs. With these configuration variables, the administrator can control who can use the tool, and how the ssh programs are invoked. The manual page for condor_ssh_to_job is at section 11.

ENABLE_SSH_TO_JOB
A boolean expression read by the condor_starter, that when True allows the owner of the job or a queue super user on the condor_schedd where the job was submitted to connect to the job via ssh. The expression may refer to attributes of both the job and the machine ClassAds. The job ClassAd attributes may be referenced by using the prefix TARGET., and the machine ClassAd attributes may be referenced by using the prefix MY.. When False, it prevents condor_ssh_to_job from starting an ssh session. The default value is True.

SCHEDD_ENABLE_SSH_TO_JOB
A boolean expression read by the condor_schedd, that when True allows the owner of the job or a queue super user to connect to the job via ssh if the execute machine also allows condor_ssh_to_job access (see ENABLE_SSH_TO_JOB). The expression may refer to attributes of only the job ClassAd. When False, it prevents condor_ssh_to_job from starting an ssh session for all jobs managed by the condor_schedd. The default value is True.

SSH_TO_JOB_<SSH-CLIENT>_CMD
A string read by the condor_ssh_to_job tool. It specifies the command and arguments to use when invoking the program specified by <SSH-CLIENT>. Values substituted for the placeholder <SSH-CLIENT> may be SSH, SFTP, SCP, or any other ssh client capable of using a command as a proxy for the connection to sshd. The entire command plus arguments string is enclosed in double quote marks. Individual arguments may be quoted with single quotes, using the same syntax as for arguments in a condor_submit file. The following substitutions are made within the arguments:

%h: is substituted by the remote host
%i: is substituted by the ssh key
%k: is substituted by the known hosts file
%u: is substituted by the remote user
%x: is substituted by a proxy command suitable for use with the OpenSSH ProxyCommand option
%%: is substituted by the percent mark character

The default string is:
"ssh -oUser=%u -oIdentityFile=%i -oStrictHostKeyChecking=yes -oUserKnownHostsFile=%k -oGlobalKnownHostsFile=%k -oProxyCommand=%x %h"

When the <SSH-CLIENT> is scp, %h is omitted.

SSH_TO_JOB_SSHD
The path and executable name of the ssh daemon. The value is read by the condor_starter. The default value is /usr/sbin/sshd.

SSH_TO_JOB_SSHD_ARGS
A string, read by the condor_starter that specifies the command-line arguments to be passed to the sshd to handle an incoming ssh connection on its stdin or stdout streams in inetd mode. Enclose the entire arguments string in double quote marks. Individual arguments may be quoted with single quotes, using the same syntax as for arguments in an HTCondor submit description file. Within the arguments, the characters %f are replaced by the path to the sshd configuration file the characters %% are replaced by a single percent character. The default value is the string "-i -e -f %f".

SSH_TO_JOB_SSHD_CONFIG_TEMPLATE
A string, read by the condor_starter that specifies the path and file name of an sshd configuration template file. The template is turned into an sshd configuration file by replacing macros within the template that specify such things as the paths to key files. The macro replacement is done by the script $(LIBEXEC)/condor_ssh_to_job_sshd_setup. The default value is $(LIB)/condor_ssh_to_job_sshd_config_template.

SSH_TO_JOB_SSH_KEYGEN
A string, read by the condor_starter that specifies the path to ssh_keygen, the program used to create ssh keys.

SSH_TO_JOB_SSH_KEYGEN_ARGS
A string, read by the condor_starter that specifies the command-line arguments to be passed to the ssh_keygen to generate an ssh key. Enclose the entire arguments string in double quotes. Individual arguments may be quoted with single quotes, using the same syntax as for arguments in an HTCondor submit description file. Within the arguments, the characters %f are replaced by the path to the key file to be generated, and the characters %% are replaced by a single percent character. The default value is the string "-N '' -C '' -q -f %f -t rsa". If the user specifies additional arguments with the command condor_ssh_to_job -keygen-options, then those arguments are placed after the arguments specified by the value of SSH_TO_JOB_SSH_KEYGEN_ARGS.


3.3.32 condor_rooster Configuration File Macros

condor_rooster is an optional daemon that may be added to the condor_master daemon's DAEMON_LIST. It is responsible for waking up hibernating machines when their UNHIBERNATE expression becomes True. In the typical case, a pool runs a single instance of condor_rooster on the central manager. However, if the network topology requires that Wake On LAN packets be sent to specific machines from different locations, condor_rooster can be run on any machine(s) that can read from the pool's condor_collector daemon.

For condor_rooster to wake up hibernating machines, the collecting of offline machine ClassAds must be enabled. See variable COLLECTOR_PERSISTENT_AD_LOG on page [*] for details on how to do this.

ROOSTER_INTERVAL
The integer number of seconds between checks for offline machines that should be woken. The default value is 300.

ROOSTER_MAX_UNHIBERNATE
An integer specifying the maximum number of machines to wake up per cycle. The default value of 0 means no limit.

ROOSTER_UNHIBERNATE
A boolean expression that specifies which machines should be woken up. The default expression is Offline && Unhibernate. If network topology or other considerations demand that some machines in a pool be woken up by one instance of condor_rooster, while others be woken up by a different instance, ROOSTER_UNHIBERNATE may be set locally such that it is different for the two instances of condor_rooster. In this way, the different instances will only try to wake up their respective subset of the pool.

ROOSTER_UNHIBERNATE_RANK
A ClassAd expression specifying which machines should be woken up first in a given cycle. Higher ranked machines are woken first. If the number of machines to be woken up is limited by ROOSTER_MAX_UNHIBERNATE , the rank may be used for determining which machines are woken before reaching the limit.

ROOSTER_WAKEUP_CMD
A string representing the command line invoked by condor_rooster that is to wake up a machine. The command and any arguments should be enclosed in double quote marks, the same as arguments syntax in an HTCondor submit description file. The default value is "$(BIN)/condor_power -d -i". The command is expected to read from its standard input a ClassAd representing the offline machine.


3.3.33 condor_shared_port Configuration File Macros

These configuration variables affect the condor_shared_port daemon. For general discussion of condor_shared_port, see [*].

SHARED_PORT_DAEMON_AD_FILE
This specifies the full path and name of a file used to publish the address of condor_shared_port. This file is read by the other daemons that have USE_SHARED_PORT=True and which are therefore sharing the same port. The default typically does not need to be changed.

SHARED_PORT_MAX_WORKERS
An integer that specifies the maximum number of sub-processes created by condor_shared_port while servicing requests to connect to the daemons that are sharing the port. The default is 50.

DAEMON_SOCKET_DIR
This specifies the directory where Unix versions of HTCondor daemons will create named sockets so that incoming connections can be forwarded to them by condor_shared_port. If this directory does not exist, it will be created. The maximum length of named socket paths plus names is restricted by the operating system, so it is important that this path not exceed 90 characters.

Write access to this directory grants permission to receive connections through the shared port. By default, the directory is created to be owned by HTCondor and is made to be only writable by HTCondor. One possible reason to broaden access to this directory is if execute nodes are accessed via CCB and the submit node is behind a firewall with only one open port (the port assigned to condor_shared_port). In this case, commands that interact with the execute node such as condor_ssh_to_job will not be able to operate unless run by a user with write access to DAEMON_SOCKET_DIR. In this case, one could grant tmp-like permissions to this directory so that all users can receive CCB connections back through the firewall. (But consider the wisdom of having a firewall in the first place if you are going to circumvent it in this way.) The default DAEMON_SOCKET_DIR is $(LOCK)/daemon_sock. This directory must be on a local file system that supports named sockets.

SHARED_PORT_ARGS
Like all daemons started by condor_master, condor_shared_port arguments can be customized. One reason to do this is to specify the port number that condor_shared_port should use. For example, the following line configures condor_shared_port to use port 4080.

SHARED_PORT_ARGS = -p 4080

If no port is specified, a port will be dynamically chosen; it may be different each time HTCondor is started. In order to decrease the duration of possible communication errors resulting from HTCondor or just condor_shared_port itself restarting, it is recommended that a fixed port be used instead of a dynamic one.


3.3.34 Configuration File Entries Relating to Hooks

These macros control the various hooks that interact with HTCondor. Currently, there are two independent sets of hooks. One is a set of fetch work hooks, some of which are invoked by the condor_startd to optionally fetch work, and some are invoked by the condor_starter. See section 4.4.1 on page [*] on Job Hooks for more details. The other set replace functionality of the condor_job_router daemon. Documentation for the condor_job_router daemon is in section 5.4 on page [*].

SLOT<N>_JOB_HOOK_KEYWORD
For the fetch work hooks, the keyword used to define which set of hooks a particular compute slot should invoke. The value of <N> is replaced by the slot identification number. For example, on slot 1, the variable name will be called [SLOT1_JOB_HOOK_KEYWORD. There is no default keyword. Sites that wish to use these job hooks must explicitly define the keyword and the corresponding hook paths.

STARTD_JOB_HOOK_KEYWORD
For the fetch work hooks, the keyword used to define which set of hooks a particular condor_startd should invoke. This setting is only used if a slot-specific keyword is not defined for a given compute slot. There is no default keyword. Sites that wish to use job hooks must explicitly define the keyword and the corresponding hook paths.

<Keyword>_HOOK_FETCH_WORK
For the fetch work hooks, the full path to the program to invoke whenever the condor_startd wants to fetch work. <Keyword> is the hook keyword defined to distinguish between sets of hooks. There is no default.

<Keyword>_HOOK_REPLY_FETCH
For the fetch work hooks, the full path to the program to invoke when the hook defined by <Keyword>_HOOK_FETCH_WORK returns data and the the condor_startd decides if it is going to accept the fetched job or not. <Keyword> is the hook keyword defined to distinguish between sets of hooks.

<Keyword>_HOOK_REPLY_CLAIM
For the fetch work hooks, the full path to the program to invoke whenever the condor_startd finishes fetching a job and decides what to do with it. <Keyword> is the hook keyword defined to distinguish

between sets of hooks. There is no default.

<Keyword>_HOOK_PREPARE_JOB
For the fetch work hooks, the full path to the program invoked by the condor_starter before it runs the job. <Keyword> is the hook keyword defined to distinguish between sets of hooks.

<Keyword>_HOOK_UPDATE_JOB_INFO
This configuration variable is used by both fetch work hooks and by condor_job_router hooks.

For the fetch work hooks, the full path to the program invoked by the condor_starter periodically as the job runs, allowing the condor_starter to present an updated and augmented job ClassAd to the program. See section 4.4.1 on page [*] for the list of additional attributes included. When the job is first invoked, the condor_starter will invoke the program after $(STARTER_INITIAL_UPDATE_INTERVAL) seconds. Thereafter, the condor_starter will invoke the program every $(STARTER_UPDATE_INTERVAL) seconds. <Keyword> is the hook keyword defined to distinguish between sets of hooks.

As a Job Router hook, the full path to the program invoked when the Job Router polls the status of routed jobs at intervals set by JOB_ROUTER_POLLING_PERIOD. <Keyword> is the hook keyword defined by JOB_ROUTER_HOOK_KEYWORD to identify the hooks.

<Keyword>_HOOK_EVICT_CLAIM
For the fetch work hooks, the full path to the program to invoke whenever the condor_startd needs to evict a fetched claim. <Keyword> is the hook keyword defined to distinguish between sets of hooks. There is no default.

<Keyword>_HOOK_JOB_EXIT
For the fetch work hooks, the full path to the program invoked by the condor_starter whenever a job exits, either on its own or when being evicted from an execution slot. <Keyword> is the hook keyword defined to distinguish between sets of hooks.

<Keyword>_HOOK_JOB_EXIT_TIMEOUT
For the fetch work hooks, the number of seconds the condor_starter will wait for the hook defined by <Keyword>_HOOK_JOB_EXIT hook to exit, before continuing with job clean up. Defaults to 30 seconds. <Keyword> is the hook keyword defined to distinguish between sets of hooks.

FetchWorkDelay
An expression that defines the number of seconds that the condor_startd should wait after an invocation of <Keyword>_HOOK_FETCH_WORK completes before the hook should be invoked again. The expression is evaluated in the context of the slot ClassAd, and the ClassAd of the currently running job (if any). The expression must evaluate to an integer. If not defined, the condor_startd will wait 300 seconds (five minutes) between attempts to fetch work. For more information about this expression, see section 4.4.1 on page [*].

JOB_ROUTER_HOOK_KEYWORD
For the Job Router hooks, the keyword used to define the set of hooks the condor_job_router is to invoke to replace functionality of routing translation. There is no default keyword. Use of these hooks requires the explicit definition of the keyword and the corresponding hook paths.

<Keyword>_HOOK_TRANSLATE_JOB
A Job Router hook, the full path to the program invoked when the Job Router has determined that a job meets the definition for a route. This hook is responsible for doing the transformation of the job. <Keyword> is the hook keyword defined by JOB_ROUTER_HOOK_KEYWORD to identify the hooks.

<Keyword>_HOOK_JOB_FINALIZE
A Job Router hook, the full path to the program invoked when the Job Router has determined that the job completed. <Keyword> is the hook keyword defined by JOB_ROUTER_HOOK_KEYWORD to identify the hooks.

<Keyword>_HOOK_JOB_CLEANUP
A Job Router hook, the full path to the program invoked when the Job Router finishes managing the job. <Keyword> is the hook keyword defined by JOB_ROUTER_HOOK_KEYWORD to identify the hooks.

The following macros describe the Daemon ClassAd Hook capabilities of HTCondor. The Daemon ClassAd Hook mechanism is used to run executables (called jobs) directly from the condor_startd and condor_schedd daemons. The output from the jobs is incorporated into the machine ClassAd generated by the respective daemon. The mechanism is described in section 4.4.3 on page [*].

STARTD_CRON_NAME and SCHEDD_CRON_NAME
These variables will be honored through HTCondor versions 7.6, and support will be removed in HTCondor version 7.7. They are no longer documented as to their usage.

Defines a logical name to be used in the formation of related configuration macro names. This macro made other Daemon ClassAd Hook macros more readable and maintainable. A common example was

   STARTD_CRON_NAME = HAWKEYE
This example allowed the naming of other related macros to contain the string HAWKEYE in their name, replacing the string STARTD_CRON.

The value of these variables may not be BENCHMARKS. The Daemon ClassAd Hook mechanism is used to implement a set of provided hooks that provide benchmark attributes.

STARTD_CRON_CONFIG_VAL and SCHEDD_CRON_CONFIG_VAL and BENCHMARKS_CONFIG_VAL
This configuration variable can be used to specify the path and executable name of the condor_config_val program which the jobs (hooks) should use to get configuration information from the daemon. If defined, an environment variable by the same name with the same value will be passed to all jobs.

STARTD_CRON_AUTOPUBLISH
Optional setting that determines if the condor_startd should automatically publish a new update to the condor_collector after any of the jobs produce output. Beware that enabling this setting can greatly increase the network traffic in an HTCondor pool, especially when many modules are executed, or if the period in which they run is short. There are three possible (case insensitive) values for this variable:
Never
This default value causes the condor_startd to not automatically publish updates based on any jobs. Instead, updates rely on the usual behavior for sending updates, which is periodic, based on the UPDATE_INTERVAL configuration variable, or whenever a given slot changes state.
Always
Causes the condor_startd to always send a new update to the condor_collector whenever any job exits.
If_Changed
Causes the condor_startd to only send a new update to the condor_collector if the output produced by a given job is different than the previous output of the same job. The only exception is the LastUpdate attribute, which is automatically set for all jobs to be the timestamp when the job last ran. It is ignored when STARTD_CRON_AUTOPUBLISH is set to If_Changed.

STARTD_CRON_JOBLIST and SCHEDD_CRON_JOBLIST and BENCHMARKS_JOBLIST
These configuration variables are defined by a comma and/or white space separated list of job names to run. Each is the logical name of a job. This name must be unique; no two jobs may have the same name.

STARTD_CRON_<JobName>_PREFIX and SCHEDD_CRON_<JobName>_PREFIX and BENCHMARKS_<JobName>_PREFIX
Specifies a string which is prepended by HTCondor to all attribute names that the job generates. The use of prefixes avoids the conflicts that would be caused by attributes of the same name generated and utilized by different jobs. For example, if a module prefix is xyz_, and an individual attribute is named abc, then the resulting attribute name will be xyz_abc. Due to restrictions on ClassAd names, a prefix is only permitted to contain alpha-numeric characters and the underscore character.

<JobName> is the logical name assigned for a job as defined by configuration variable STARTD_CRON_JOBLIST, SCHEDD_CRON_JOBLIST, or BENCHMARKS_JOBLIST.

STARTD_CRON_<JobName>_SLOTS and BENCHMARKS_<JobName>_SLOTS
A comma separated list of slots. The output of the job specified by <JobName> is incorporated into ClassAds; this list specifies which slots are to incorporate the output attributes of the job. If not specified, the default is to incorporate the output attributes into the ClassAd of all slots.

<JobName> is the logical name assigned for a job as defined by configuration variable STARTD_CRON_JOBLIST or BENCHMARKS_JOBLIST.

STARTD_CRON_<JobName>_EXECUTABLE and SCHEDD_CRON_<JobName>_EXECUTABLE and BENCHMARKS_<JobName>_EXECUTABLE
The full path and executable to run for this job. Note that multiple jobs may specify the same executable, although the jobs need to have different logical names.

<JobName> is the logical name assigned for a job as defined by configuration variable STARTD_CRON_JOBLIST, SCHEDD_CRON_JOBLIST, or BENCHMARKS_JOBLIST.

STARTD_CRON_<JobName>_PERIOD and SCHEDD_CRON_<JobName>_PERIOD and BENCHMARKS_<JobName>_PERIOD
The period specifies time intervals at which the job should be run. For periodic jobs, this is the time interval that passes between starting the execution of the job. The value may be specified in seconds, minutes, or hours. Specify this time by appending the character s, m, or h to the value. As an example, 5m starts the execution of the job every five minutes. If no character is appended to the value, seconds are used as a default. In WaitForExit mode, the value has a different meaning: the period specifies the length of time after the job ceases execution and before it is restarted. The minimum valid value of the period is 1 second.

<JobName> is the logical name assigned for a job as defined by configuration variable STARTD_CRON_JOBLIST, SCHEDD_CRON_JOBLIST, or BENCHMARKS_JOBLIST.

STARTD_CRON_<JobName>_MODE and SCHEDD_CRON_<JobName>_MODE and BENCHMARKS_<JobName>_MODE
A string that specifies a mode within which the job operates. Legal values are

<JobName> is the logical name assigned for a job as defined by configuration variable STARTD_CRON_JOBLIST, SCHEDD_CRON_JOBLIST, or BENCHMARKS_JOBLIST.

The default Periodic mode is used for most jobs. In this mode, the job is expected to be started by the condor_startd daemon, gather and publish its data, and then exit.

In WaitForExit mode the condor_startd daemon interprets the period as defined by STARTD_CRON_<JobName>_PERIOD differently. In this case, it refers to the amount of time to wait after the job exits before restarting it. With a value of 1, the job is kept running nearly continuously. In general, WaitForExit mode is for jobs that produce a periodic stream of updated data, but it can be used for other purposes, as well.

The OneShot mode is used for jobs that are run once at the start of the daemon. If the reconfig_rerun option is specified, the job will be run again after any reconfiguration.

The OnDemand mode is used only by the BENCHMARKS mechanism. All benchmark jobs must be be OnDemand jobs. Any other jobs specified as OnDemand will never run. Additional future features may allow for other OnDemand job uses.

STARTD_CRON_<JobName>_RECONFIG and SCHEDD_CRON_<JobName>_RECONFIG
A boolean value that when True, causes the daemon to send an HUP signal to the job when the daemon is reconfigured. The job is expected to reread its configuration at that time.

<JobName> is the logical name assigned for a job as defined by configuration variable STARTD_CRON_JOBLIST or SCHEDD_CRON_JOBLIST.

STARTD_CRON_<JobName>_RECONFIG_RERUN and SCHEDD_CRON_<JobName>_RECONFIG_RERUN
A boolean value that when True, causes the daemon ClassAd hooks mechanism to re-run the specified job when the daemon is reconfigured via condor_reconfig. The default value is False.

<JobName> is the logical name assigned for a job as defined by configuration variable STARTD_CRON_JOBLIST or SCHEDD_CRON_JOBLIST.

STARTD_CRON_<JobName>_JOB_LOAD and SCHEDD_CRON_<JobName>_JOB_LOAD and BENCHMARKS_<JobName>_JOB_LOAD
A floating point value that represents the assumed and therefore expected CPU load that a job induces on the system. This job load is then used to limit the total number of jobs that run concurrently, by not starting new jobs if the assumed total load from all jobs is over a set threshold. The default value for each individual STARTD_CRON or a SCHEDD_CRON job is 0.01. The default value for each individual BENCHMARKS job is 1.0.

<JobName> is the logical name assigned for a job as defined by configuration variable STARTD_CRON_JOBLIST, SCHEDD_CRON_JOBLIST, or BENCHMARKS_JOBLIST.

STARTD_CRON_MAX_JOB_LOAD and SCHEDD_CRON_MAX_JOB_LOAD and BENCHMARKS_MAX_JOB_LOAD
A floating point value representing a threshold for CPU load, such that if starting another job would cause the sum of assumed loads for all running jobs to exceed this value, no further jobs will be started. The default value for STARTD_CRON or a SCHEDD_CRON hook managers is 0.1. This implies that a maximum of 10 jobs (using their default, assumed load) could be concurrently running. The default value for the BENCHMARKS hook manager is 1.0. This implies that only 1 BENCHMARKS job (at the default, assumed load) may be running.

STARTD_CRON_<JobName>_KILL and SCHEDD_CRON_<JobName>_KILL and BENCHMARKS_<JobName>_KILL
A boolean value applicable only for jobs with a MODE of anything other than WaitForExit. The default value is False.

This variable controls the behavior of the daemon hook manager when it detects that an instance of the job's executable is still running as it is time to invoke the job again. If True, the daemon hook manager will kill the currently running job and then invoke an new instance of the job. If False, the existing job invocation is allowed to continue running.

<JobName> is the logical name assigned for a job as defined by configuration variable STARTD_CRON_JOBLIST, SCHEDD_CRON_JOBLIST, or BENCHMARKS_JOBLIST.

STARTD_CRON_<JobName>_ARGS and SCHEDD_CRON_<JobName>_ARGS and BENCHMARKS_<JobName>_ARGS
The command line arguments to pass to the job as it is invoked. The first argument will be <JobName>.

<JobName> is the logical name assigned for a job as defined by configuration variable STARTD_CRON_JOBLIST, SCHEDD_CRON_JOBLIST, or BENCHMARKS_JOBLIST.

STARTD_CRON_<JobName>_ENV and SCHEDD_CRON_<JobName>_ENV and BENCHMARKS_<JobName>_ENV
The environment string to pass to the job. The syntax is the same as that of <DaemonName>_ENVIRONMENT as defined at 3.3.9.

<JobName> is the logical name assigned for a job as defined by configuration variable STARTD_CRON_JOBLIST, SCHEDD_CRON_JOBLIST, or BENCHMARKS_JOBLIST.

STARTD_CRON_<JobName>_CWD and SCHEDD_CRON_<JobName>_CWD and BENCHMARKS_<JobName>_CWD
The working directory in which to start the job.

<JobName> is the logical name assigned for a job as defined by configuration variable STARTD_CRON_JOBLIST, SCHEDD_CRON_JOBLIST, or BENCHMARKS_JOBLIST.


3.3.35 Configuration File Entries Only for Windows Platforms

These macros are utilized only on Windows platforms.

WINDOWS_RMDIR
The complete path and executable name of the HTCondor version of the built-in rmdir program. The HTCondor version will not fail when the directory contains files that have ACLs that deny the SYSTEM process delete access. If not defined, the built-in Windows rmdir program is invoked, and a value defined for WINDOWS_RMDIR_OPTIONS is ignored.

WINDOWS_RMDIR_OPTIONS
Command line options to be specified when configuration variable WINDOWS_RMDIR is defined. Defaults to /S /C when configuration variable WINDOWS_RMDIR is defined and its definition contains the string "condor_rmdir.exe".


3.3.36 condor_defrag Configuration File Macros

These configuration variables affect the condor_defrag daemon. A general discussion of condor_defrag may be found in section 3.5.10.

DEFRAG_NAME
Used to give an alternative value to the Name attribute in the condor_defrag's ClassAd. This esoteric configuration macro might be used in the situation where there are two condor_defrag daemons running on one machine, and each reports to the same condor_collector. Different names will distinguish the two daemons. See the description of MASTER_NAME in section 3.3.9 on page [*] for defaults and composition of valid HTCondor daemon names.

DEFRAG_DRAINING_MACHINES_PER_HOUR
A floating point number that specifies how many machines should be drained per hour. The default is 0, so no draining will happen unless this setting is changed. Each condor_startd is considered to be one machine. The actual number of machines drained per hour may be less than this if draining is halted by one of the other defragmentation policy controls. The granularity in timing of draining initiation is controlled by DEFRAG_INTERVAL . The lowest rate of draining that is supported is one machine per day or one machine per DEFRAG_INTERVAL , whichever is lower. A fractional number of machines contributing to the value of DEFRAG_DRAINING_MACHINES_PER_HOUR is rounded to the nearest whole number of machines on a per day basis.

DEFRAG_REQUIREMENTS
An expression that specifies which machines to drain. The default is
  PartitionableSlot && Offline=!=True
A machine, meaning a condor_startd, is matched if any of its slots match this expression. Machines are automatically excluded if they are already draining, or if they match DEFRAG_WHOLE_MACHINE_EXPR .

DEFRAG_CANCEL_REQUIREMENTS
An expression that specifies which draining machines should have draining be canceled. This defaults to $(DEFRAG_WHOLE_MACHINE_EXPR). This could be used to drain partial rather than whole machines.

DEFRAG_RANK
An expression that specifies which machines are more desirable to drain. The expression should evaluate to a number for each candidate machine to be drained. If the number of machines to be drained is less than the number of candidates, the machines with higher rank will be chosen. The rank of a machine, meaning a condor_startd, is the rank of its highest ranked slot. The default rank is -ExpectedMachineGracefulDrainingBadput.

DEFRAG_WHOLE_MACHINE_EXPR
An expression that specifies which machines are already operating as whole machines. The default is
  Cpus == TotalCpus && Offline=!=True
A machine is matched if any slot on the machine matches this expression. Each condor_startd is considered to be one machine. Whole machines are excluded when selecting machines to drain. They are also counted against DEFRAG_MAX_WHOLE_MACHINES .

DEFRAG_MAX_WHOLE_MACHINES
An integer that specifies the maximum number of whole machines. When the number of whole machines is greater than or equal to this, no new machines will be selected for draining. Each condor_startd is counted as one machine. The special value -1 indicates that there is no limit. The default is -1.

DEFRAG_MAX_CONCURRENT_DRAINING
An integer that specifies the maximum number of draining machines. When the number of machines that are draining is greater than or equal to this, no new machines will be selected for draining. Each draining condor_startd is counted as one machine. The special value -1 indicates that there is no limit. The default is -1.

DEFRAG_INTERVAL
An integer that specifies the number of seconds between evaluations of the defragmentation policy. In each cycle, the state of the pool is observed and machines are drained, if specified by the policy. The default is 600 seconds. Very small intervals could create excessive load on the condor_collector.

DEFRAG_SCHEDULE
A setting that specifies the draining schedule to use when draining machines. Possible values are graceful, quick, and fast. The default is graceful.

graceful
Initiate a graceful eviction of the job. This means all promises that have been made to the job are honored, including MaxJobRetirementTime. The eviction of jobs is coordinated to reduce idle time. This means that if one slot has a job with a long retirement time and the other slots have jobs with shorter retirement times, the effective retirement time for all of the jobs is the longer one.

quick
MaxJobRetirementTime is not honored. Eviction of jobs is immediately initiated. Jobs are given time to shut down and produce a checkpoint according to the usual policy, as given by MachineMaxVacateTime.

fast
Jobs are immediately hard-killed, with no chance to gracefully shut down or produce a checkpoint.

DEFRAG_STATE_FILE
The path to a file used to record information used by condor_defrag when it is restarted. This should only need to be modified if there will be multiple instances of the condor_defrag daemon running on the same machine. The default is $(LOCK)/defrag_state.

DEFRAG_LOG
The path to the condor_defrag daemon's log file. The default log location is $(LOG)/DefragLog.


3.3.37 condor_gangliad Configuration File Macros

condor_gangliad is an optional daemon responsible for publishing information about HTCondor daemons to the GangliaTM monitoring system. The Ganglia monitoring system must be installed and configured separately. In the typical case, a single instance of the condor_gangliad daemon is run per pool. A default set of metrics are sent. Additional metrics may be defined, in order to publish any information available in ClassAds that the condor_collector daemon has.

GANGLIAD_INTERVAL
The integer number of seconds between consecutive sending of metrics to Ganglia. Daemons update the condor_collector every 300 seconds, and the Ganglia heartbeat interval is 20 seconds. Therefore, multiples of 20 between 20 and 300 makes sense for this value. Negative values inhibit sending data to Ganglia. The default value is 60.

GANGLIAD_VERBOSITY
An integer that specifies the maximum verbosity level of metrics to be published to Ganglia. Basic metrics have a verbosity level of 0, which is the default. Additional metrics can be enabled by increasing the verbosity to 1. In the default configuration, there are no metrics with verbosity levels higher than 1. Some metrics depend on attributes that are not published to the condor_collector when using the default value of STATISTICS_TO_PUBLISH . For example, per-user file transfer statistics will only be published to Ganglia if GANGLIA_VERBOSITY is set to 1 or higher in the condor_gangliad configuration and STATISTICS_TO_PUBLISH in the condor_schedd configuration contains TRANSFER:2.

GANGLIAD_REQUIREMENTS
An optional boolean ClassAd expression that may restrict the set of daemon ClassAds to be monitored. This could be used to monitor a subset of a pool's daemons or machines. The default is an empty expression, which has the effect of placing no restriction on the monitored ClassAds. Keep in mind that this expression is applied to all types of monitored ClassAds, not just machine ClassAds.

GANGLIAD_PER_EXECUTE_NODE_METRICS
A boolean value that, when False, causes metrics from execute node daemons to not be published. Aggregate values from these machines will still be published. The default value is True. This option is useful for pools such that use glidein, in which it is not desired to record metrics for individual execute nodes.

GANGLIA_CONFIG
The path and file name of the Ganglia configuration file. The default is /etc/ganglia/gmond.conf.

GANGLIA_GMETRIC
The full path of the gmetric executable to use. If none is specified, libganglia will be used instead when possible, because the library interface is more efficient than invoking gmetric. Some versions of libganglia are not compatible. When a failure to use libganglia is detected, gmetric will be used, if gmetric can be found in HTCondor's PATH environment variable.

GANGLIA_GSTAT_COMMAND
The full gstat command used to determine which hosts are monitored by Ganglia. For a condor_gangliad running on a host whose local gmond does not know the list of monitored hosts, change localhost to be the appropriate host name or IP address within this default string:
  gstat --all --mpifile --gmond_ip=localhost --gmond_port=8649

GANGLIA_SEND_DATA_FOR_ALL_HOSTS
A boolean value that when True causes data to be sent to Ganglia for hosts that it is not currently monitoring. The default is False.

GANGLIA_LIB
The full path and file name of the libganglia shared library to use. If none is specified, and if configuration variable GANGLIA_GMETRIC is also not specified, then a search for libganglia will be performed in the directories listed in configuration variable GANGLIA_LIB_PATH or GANGLIA_LIB64_PATH . The special value NOOP indicates that condor_gangliad should not publish statistics to Ganglia, but should otherwise go through all the motions it normally does.

GANGLIA_LIB_PATH
A comma-separated list of directories within which to search for the libganglia executable, if GANGLIA_LIB is not configured. This is used in 32-bit versions of HTCondor.

GANGLIA_LIB64_PATH
A comma-separated list of directories within which to search for the libganglia executable, if GANGLIA_LIB is not configured. This is used in 64-bit versions of HTCondor.

GANGLIAD_DEFAULT_CLUSTER
An expression specifying the default name of the Ganglia cluster for all metrics. The expression may refer to attributes of the machine.

GANGLIAD_DEFAULT_MACHINE
An expression specifying the default machine name of Ganglia metrics. The expression may refer to attributes of the machine.

GANGLIAD_DEFAULT_IP
An expression specifying the default IP address of Ganglia metrics. The expression may refer to attributes of the machine.

GANGLIAD_LOG
The path and file name of the condor_gangliad daemon's log file. The default log is $(LOG)/GangliadLog.

GANGLIAD_METRICS_CONFIG_DIR
Path to the directory containing files which define Ganglia metrics in terms of HTCondor ClassAd attributes to be published. All files in this directory are read, to define the metrics. The default directory /etc/condor/ganglia.d/ is used when not specified.


next up previous contents index
Next: 3.4 User Priorities and Up: 3. Administrators' Manual Previous: 3.2 Installation, Start Up,   Contents   Index